Donate
 
   
Select your prefered input and type any Sanskrit or English word. Enclose the word in “” for an EXACT match e.g. “yoga”.
     Amarakosha Search  
22 results
     
WordReferenceGenderNumberSynonymsDefinition
ākṣārita3.1.41MasculineSingularkṣārita, abhiśastaḥ
asrī2.9.35MasculineSingularśākam, haritakam
bālapāśyā2.6.104FeminineSingularritathyā
barivāsitaḥ3.1.102MasculineSingularvarivasyitam, upāsitam, upacaritam
bhrūṇaḥ3.3.51MasculineSingularmaurvī, dravyāśrita, sattvādikaḥ, śuklādikaḥ, sandhyādikaḥ
mīḍham3.1.95MasculineSingularmūtritam
pālāśaḥ1.5.14MasculineSingularharita, haritgreen
paṃkam1.4.24MasculineSingularkalmaṣam, pāpmā, aṃhaḥ, vṛjinam, kilbiṣam, duṣkṛtam, agham, kaluṣam, pāpam, duritam, enaḥsin
pūrṇaḥ3.1.97MasculineSingularrita
śīghram1.1.65NeuterSingularavilambitam, satvaram, kṣipram, tūrṇam, drutam, laghu, āśu, capalam, aram, tvaritamswiftly
vedhitaḥ3.1.98MasculineSingularchidrita, viddhaḥ
vegī2.8.74MasculineSingulartvarita, prajavī, javanaḥ, javaḥ, tarasvī
vinītaḥ3.1.24MasculineSingularnibhṛtaḥ, praśrita
ācchuritakamNeuterSingulara horse laugh
sarita1.10.34FemininePluralcandrabhāgā, sarasvatī, kāverī, śarāvatī, vetravatīsavarmati(river)
ākṣārita3.1.41MasculineSingularkṣārita, abhiśastaḥ
prerita3.1.86MasculineSingularkṣiptaḥ, nuttaḥ, nunnaḥ, astaḥ, niṣṭhyūtaḥ, āviddhaḥ
vicārita3.1.99MasculineSingularvinnaḥ, vittaḥ
rita3.1.101MasculineSingularbhinnaḥ, bheditaḥ
ucchrita3.3.91MasculineSingularsambaddhārthaḥ, hitam, śaktisthaḥ
parita2.4.12MasculineSingularsamantataḥ, sarvataḥ, viṣvak
harita3.5.19MasculineSingular
     Monier-Williams
          Search  
980 results for rita
     
Devanagari
BrahmiEXPERIMENTAL
ritakvanm. a thief (varia lectio for takvan-). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ābharitamfn. (fr. ā-bharaṇa-), ornamented, decorated View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
abhicaritan. exorcising, incantation, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
abhicāritamfn. enchanted, charmed. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
abhighāritamfn. sprinkled with View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
abhimantritamfn. consecrated by a certain formula. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
abhiprakṣaritamfn. poured out View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
abhisaṃśritamfn. who has resorted to any one (for refuge) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
abhisaṃśritamfn. (for a visit) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
abhisphuritamfn. expanded to the full (as a blossom). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
abhritamf(ā-)n. covered with clouds, (gaRa tārakādi- q.v) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
abhyucchritamfn. raised aloft, elevated etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
abhyucchritamfn. prominent View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
abhyucchritamfn. excellent through (instrumental case) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
abhyucchritakaramfn. with uplifted proboscis View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
abhyudīritamfn. "raised (as the voice), said" View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
acaritan. not eating, abstinence from food (according to to Scholiast or Commentator on but in rather read ā-- carita-, quod vide). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ācaritamfn. passed or wandered through, frequented by etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ācaritamfn. observed, exercised, practised View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ācaritamfn. (in grammar) enjoined, fixed by rule commentator or commentary View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ācaritan. approaching, arrival View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ācaritan. conduct, behaviour View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ācaritan. the usual way (of calling in debts) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ācaritadistress for debt (in the legal sense), . View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ācaritatvan. custom, usage View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ācaritavyamfn. equals ā-caraṇīya- q.v View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ācaritavyamfn. (impersonal or used impersonally) to be acted in a customary manner View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ācchuritamfn. ( chur-), covered, clothed with (instrumental case) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ācchuritan. making a noise with the finger-nails by rubbing them on one another View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ācchuritan. a horse-laugh View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ācchuritakan. a scratch with a fingernail View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ācchuritakan. a horse-laugh View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
āḍambaritamfn. accompanied with sounds of a drum, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
āḍambaritahighly increased, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
adhiśritamfn. put on the fire (as a pot) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
adhiśritamfn. resided in, dwelt in View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
adhiśritamfn. occupied by. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ādisvaritamfn. having the Svarita accent on the first syllable, VPra1t., Scholiast or Commentator View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
adritanayāf. "mountain-daughter", Name of pārvatī- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
adritanayāf. Name of a metre (of four lines, each containing twenty-three syllables). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
aharitamfn. not yellow View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ājarjaritamfn. (fr. jarjara-), torn into pieces View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ākāritamfn. in fine compositi or 'at the end of a compound' having the shape of View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ākṣāritamfn. calumniated, accused (especially of adultery or fornication) (an-- negative) 355. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
āmantritamfn. addressed, spoken to View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
āmantritamfn. called, invited, summoned View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
āmantritamfn. asked View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
āmantritamfn. one of whom leave is taken etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
āmantritan. addressing, summoning View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
āmantritan. the vocative case View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ambūkritamfn. (ambū-used onomatopoetically to denote by trying to utter mb-the effect caused by shutting the lips on pronouncing a vowel), pronounced indistinctly (so that the words remain too much in the mouth) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ambūkritamfn. ([in later writers derived fr. ambu-,water]) sputtered, accompanied with saliva (an--,neg.) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ambūkritan. a peculiar indistinct pronunciation of the vowels View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ambūkritan. roaring (of beasts) accompanied with emission of saliva View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
amiśritamfn. unmixed, unblended.
anākāritamfn. not claimed, not exacted. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
anākṣāritamfn. unreproached. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
anantaritamfn. not separated by any interstice View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
anantaritamfn. unbroken. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ananyāśritamfn. not having resorted to another View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ananyāśritamfn. independent View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ananyāśritan. (in law) unencumbered property. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
anāśritamfn. not supported, detached View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
anāśritamfn. disengaged, independent, non-inherent. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
andhakāritamfn. made dark, dark (see gaRa tārakādi-.) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
anekāśritamfn. (in vaiśeṣika- philosophy) dwelling or abiding in more than one. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
aṅgāritamfn. charred, roasted, (gaRa tārakādi-, q.v) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
aṅgāritamfn. "burnt", a kind of food not to be accepted by jaina- ascetics View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
aṅgāritan. the early blossom of the kiṃśuka-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
anidritamfn. not asleep, awake. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
animantritamfn. uninvited. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
animantritabhojinmfn. eating without being invited. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
anirdhāritamfn. undetermined, unascertained, undefined. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
anīritamfn. unstirred, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
anivāritamfn. unhindered, unimpeded, unopposed, unforbidden, unchecked. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
aṅkuritamfn. sprouted. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
antaritamfn. gone within, interior, hidden, concealed, screened, shielded View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
antaritamfn. departed, retired, withdrawn, disappeared, perished View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
antaritamfn. separated, excluded View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
antaritamfn. impeded View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
antaritan. (?) remainder (in arithmetic) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
antaritan. a technical term in architecture. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
antasvaritam. the svarita- accent on the last syllable of a word View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
antasvaritan. a word thus accentuated. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
anucaraṇacaritan. acts, deeds, adventures, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
anumantritamfn. so consecrated. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
anupacaritamfn. not transferred, Sa1m2khyas., Scholiast or Commentator View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
anuparivāritamfn. surrounded, ibidem or 'in the same place or book or text' as the preceding View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
anvāśritamfn. ( śri-), one who has gone along View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
anvāśritamfn. placed or situated along. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
anyāśritamfn. gone to another. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
anyonyāśritamfn. mutually supported or depending. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
apacaritamfn. gone away, departed, dead View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
apacaritan. fault, offence View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
apahāritamfn. carried off View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
apapātritamfn. idem or 'mfn. "not allowed to use vessels (for food)", people of low caste ' View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
apariśritan. not an enclosure View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
apasāritamfn. removed, put away. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
apaśritamfn. retired from, retreated, absconded View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
apāśritamfn. resting on View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
apāśritamfn. resorting to. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
apavāritamfn. covered, concealed etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
apavāritakenaind. equals apa-vāritam-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
apavāritamind. (in theatrical language) secretly, apart, aside (speaking so that only the addressed person may hear, opposed to prakāśam-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
āpūritamfn. filled up, full. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ariṣṭāśritapuran. Name of a town View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
āritamfn. praised View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
arṇavasaridāsritamfn. living on the bank of the sea and of rivers View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ritamfn. ? View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
āśritamfn. attaching one's self to, joining View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
āśritamfn. having recourse to, resorting to as a retreat or asylum, seeking refuge or shelter from View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
āśritamfn. subject to, depending on etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
āśritamfn. relating or belonging to, concerning etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
āśritamfn. inhabiting, dwelling in, resting on, being anywhere, taking one's station at etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
āśritamfn. following, practising, observing View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
āśritamfn. using, employing View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
āśritamfn. receiving anything as an inherent or integral part etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
āśritamfn. regarding, respecting View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
āśritamfn. taken or sought as a refuge or shelter View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
āśritamfn. inhabited, occupied View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
āśritamfn. chosen, preferred, taken as rule View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
āśritam. a dependant, subject, servant, follower View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
āśritan. (with Buddhists) an object perceived by the senses and manas- or mind. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
āśritatvan. dependance. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
āsūtritamfn. tied on or round, forming or wearing a garland. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
asvaritamfn. not having the accent called svarita- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
atandrita mfn. idem or 'mfn. free from lassitude, alert, unwearied ' View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
avacāritamfn. (in med.) applied View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
avacchurita n. a horse-laugh View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
avacchuritakan. a horse-laugh View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
avadāritamfn. rent or burst open View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
avadhāritamfn. ascertained, known, certain, heard, learnt View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
avadhāritamfn. (in fine compositi or 'at the end of a compound' with śreṇy-ādi-) "known as", (gaRa kṛtādi- q.v) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
avadhīritamfn. disrespected, disregarded, etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
avadhīritamfn. surpassed, excelled View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
avamūtritamfn. urined upon View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
avamūtritamfn. wetted by the fluid excretion (of an insect) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
avapātritamfn. a person not allowed by his kindred to eat or drink from the same vessel (see apa-pātrita-.) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
avāritamfn. unimpeded, unobstructed View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
avāritadvāramfn. having open doors View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
avāritamind. without obstacles, at pleasure View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
avāritavyamfn. not to be impeded or hindered, not to be kept off. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
avatāritamfn. caused to descend, fetched down from (ablative) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
avatāritamfn. taken down, laid down or aside View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
avatāritamfn. removed View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
avatāritamfn. set a-going, rendered current, accomplished View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
avataritavyan. impersonal or used impersonally to be alighted View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
avicāritamfn. unconsidered, not deliberated, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
avicāritamfn. not requiring deliberation, certain, clear View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
avicāritamind. unhesitatingly View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ayantritamfn. unhindered, unrestrained, self-willed View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ayatnakrita mfn. easily or readily produced,. spontaneous View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
badhiritamfn. made deaf, deafened View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bahuniḥśrita wrong reading for bāhu-n-, q.v View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bālacarita n. "childish doings", Name of works or chs. of works treating of the youthful adventures of a deity, (especially) of chapter of View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bālacaritanāmann. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
balātkāritamfn. equals next View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bandhuritamfn. inclined, bent View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bandhuritamfn. curved View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
barbaritamfn. gaRa kāśādi-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
baṭucaritanāṭakan. Name of a drama. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bharitamfn. (fr. bhara-) nourished, full (opp. to rikta-,"empty"), filled with (genitive case or compound) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bharitamf(ā-or riṇī-)n. equals harita-, green View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bhojarājasaccaritan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bhramaritamfn. covered with bees View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bhujaṃgeritan. a kind of metre View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bhūritaramfn. more, more abundant or numerous View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bhuvanacaritan. the doings of the world View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
buddhacaritan. "the acts of buddha-", Name of a kāvya- by aśva-ghoṣa-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
caitanyacaraṇāmritan. "nectar of caitanya-'s life", Name of work by kṛṣṇa-dāsa- (abridgement of the caitanya-caritra- ) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
camatkāritamfn. astonished View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
caṇḍīcaritan. Name of a drama. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
cārāntaritam. idem or 'm. equals rapāla- ' View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
caritamfn. gone, gone to, attained View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
caritamfn. "practised", in compound View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
caritamfn. espied, ascertained (by a spy, cara-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
caritan. going, moving, course View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
caritan. motion (of asterisms) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
caritamfn. acting, doing, practice, behaviour, acts, deeds, adventures etc. (in fine compositi or 'at the end of a compound' f(ā-). ) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
caritan. fixed institute, proper or peculiar observance (see uttara-rāma--, d/uś--, sac--, saha--, su--). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
caritaetc. See View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ritamfn. set in motion View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ritamfn. caused to be done by (instrumental case)
caritaguṇatvan. attainment of peculiar property or use (rthaka-tva- Scholiast or Commentator) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
caritamayamf(ī-)n. in fine compositi or 'at the end of a compound' containing or relating deeds or adventures of View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
caritapūrvamfn. performed formerly View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
caritavratamfn. one who has observed a vow View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
caritavyamfn. (equals cart-) to be practised or performed View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
caritavyan. impersonal or used impersonally with upāṃśu vācā-,"he is to continue speaking low" View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
chidritamfn. perforated View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
choritamfn. abandoned, thrown away View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
choritamfn. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
choritamfn. drawn (a sigh) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
churitamfn. strewed, set, inlaid with (instrumental case or in compound), blended etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
churitan. flashing (of lightning) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
cikuritamfn. ? View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
cirāśritamfn. long maintained or protected, an old dependant View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ritamfn. "ragged", only in compound View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ritacchadāf. Beta bengalensis View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ritapattrikāf. equals ra-p- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
citritamfn. made variegated, decorated, painted View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
citritamfn. see vi--. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
coritamfn. stolen View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
coritan. theft View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
coritakan. anything stolen, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
coritakan. petty theft View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
dakṣiṇācaritantran. equals ra-t-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
dāmacarita (or tra-) n. Name of a drama View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
dāmaśrīdāmacarita(or tra-) n. Name of a drama View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
daṇḍavāritamfn. forbidden by threat of punishment Va1rtt. 5 View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
danturitamfn. in fine compositi or 'at the end of a compound' filled with, full of View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
daridritamfn. idem or 'mfn. poor ' , 52 View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ritamfn. torn, rent, divided View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
daritamfn. timid View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
daśakumāracarita n. "adventures of the 10 princes", Name of work by daṇḍin-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
daśāvatāracaritan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
dauritan. mischief. harm View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
deśāntaritamfn. living in a foreign country View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
deśarājacaritan. "history of native princes", Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
devacaritan. the course of action or practices of the gods View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
devarṣicaritan. the deeds of divine sages View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
dhāritamfn. borne (also in the womb), held, supported etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
dhāritan. (also taka-) a horses trot (wrong reading for dhorita-, taka-). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
dharmaguptacaritan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
dharmāśritamfn. seeking virtue, just, pious View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
dhauritakaand dhaurya- n. a horse's trot (see dhorita-, taka-). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
dhorita n. a horse's trot View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
dhoritakan. a horse's trot View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
dhruvacaritan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
dhūrtacaritan. the tricks of rogues (plural ) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
dhūrtacaritan. Name of a play. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
dhūsaritamfn. made grey, greyish View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
divyasūricaritan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
dravyāśritamfn. inherent in a substance View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
durācaritan. misfortune, ill luck View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
dūrāntaritamfn. separated by a wide space View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
duritan. (d/ur-- ) bad course, difficulty, danger. discomfort, evil, sin (also personified) etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
duritamfn. difficult, bad View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
duritamfn. wicked, sinful View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
duritadamanīf. Mimosa Suma View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
duritakṣayam. destruction of sin View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
duritakṣayam. Name of a man View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
durmantritamfn. badly advised View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
durmantritan. equals prec. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
dūrotsāritamfn. driven far away, removed, banished View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
dūrotsāritatvan. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
duścaritan. (d/uś--) misbehaviour, misdoing, ill-conduct, wickedness etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
duścaritan. plural () the 10 chief sins (viz. murder, theft, adultery, lying, calumny, lewdness, evil speech, covetousness, envy, heresy; see ) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
duścaritamfn. misbehaving, wicked (also tin- ) . View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
dviruccāritan. the repetition of a piece of music View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ekacchāyāśritamfn. involved in similarity (of debt) with one debtor (said of a surety who binds himself to an equal liability with one debtor id est to the payment of the whole debt, Mit.) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ekāśritamfn. resting upon or clinging to one object or person (see an-ekāśr-), View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ekāśritaguṇam. a simple attribute or predicate (as form, smell, taste, etc.) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
gahvaritamfn. absorbed (in one's thoughts) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
garbhadhāritamfn. contained in the womb, conceived View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
garbhadhāritamfn. borne View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
garbhasaṃkaritam. a mongrel View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
garitamfn. poisoned gaRa tārakādi-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
gauraveritamfn. praised, celebrated View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
gaurīcaritan. "life of gaurī-", Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
gauritam. plural Name of a family View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ghargharitan. grunting View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ghoritan. snorting, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
giritamfn. swallowed View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
giritaSee 2. gir-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
grahacaritavidm. "knowing the course of planets", an astrologer, . View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
guṇatritayan. equals -traya- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
hammīracaritan. " hammīra-'s deeds", Name of a mahā-kāvya- by naya-candra-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
haracaritacintāmaṇim. Name of a poem. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
haridhāritagrantha(?) m. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ritamfn. (fr. Causal;for 2.See) caused to be taken or seized etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ritamfn. brought, conveyed View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ritamfn. robbed, carried off View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ritamfn. made away with, lost, relinquished etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ritamfn. deprived of (accusative) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ritamfn. surpassed, exceeded View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ritamfn. captivated, fascinated View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
haritamf(ā-or h/ariṇī-)n. yellowish, pale yellow, fallow, pale red, pale (also,"pale with fright"), greenish, green (also;"verdant"as opp. to śuṣka-"dry") etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
haritam. yellowish (the colour) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
haritam. Phaseolus Mungo or Lobatus View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
haritam. a lion View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
haritam. Name of a son of kaśyapa- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
haritam. of a son of yadu- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
haritam. of a son of rohita- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
haritam. of a son of rohitāśva- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
haritam. of a son of yuvanāśva- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
haritam. of a son of parāvṛt- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
haritam. of a son of vapuṣmat- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
haritam. of an ichneumon (varia lectio hariṇa-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
haritam. plural the descendants of harita- (also called harītāḥ-), (see Va1rtt. i ) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
haritam. Name of particular verses of the (also haretā mantrāḥ-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
haritam. of a class of gods in the 12th manvantara- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
haritan. a yellowish or greenish substance View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
haritan. gold View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
haritan. greens, vegetables ("unripe grain"Scholiast or Commentator) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
haritan. a kind of fragrant plant (equals sthauṇcyaka-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ritam. (fr. harit-and harita-) green (the colour) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ritam. a moderate wind neither too gentle nor too strong View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ritam. the haritāla- pigeon View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ritam. "descendant of harita-", Name of a son of viśvāmitra- (plural his family, also called haritāḥ-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
haritabheṣajan. a remedy against jaundice View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
haritacārikamfn. (perhaps) using supernatural means of locomotion View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
haritacchadamf(ā-)n. having green leaves View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
haritacchadam. a tree, plant View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
haritadhānyan. green id est unripe corn View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
haritagarbhamf(ā-)n. containing a golden germ View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
haritagomayam. plural fresh cow-dung View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
haritaharim. "having reddish or bay horses", the Sun View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
haritajambhanmfn. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
haritakamfn. greenish (applied to the 6th unknown quantity) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
haritakam. or n. a green herb View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
haritakan. grass View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ritakan. equals haritaka-, a green vegetable View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
haritakapiśamfn. yellowish-brown View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
haritakaśākan. Moringa Pterygospermum View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ritakātam. plural the descendants of haritakātya- Va1rtt. 8. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
haritakātyam. Name of a man Va1rtt.8.
haritaf. Terminalia Chebula View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
haritalatāf. equals pattrikā- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
haritaneminmfn. having (a chariot with) golden fellies (śiva-), R: View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
haritapāṇḍumfn. yellowish-pale View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
haritapattramayamf(ī-)n. formed of green leaves View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
haritapattrikāf. a species of plant View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
haritaprabhamfn. appearing yellowish or pale View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
haritardhakāyamfn. having half the body green View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
haritaśākam. Moringa Pterygospermum View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
haritasenam. Name of a king View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
haritaspṛśamfn. (?) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
haritasrajmfn. (h/arita--) wearing or forming yellow (green) garlands View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
haritasrajmfn. adorned with a golden chain or garland View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
haritatṛṇan. green grass View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
haritattvamuktāvali f. Name of a commentator or commentary View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
haritattvamuktāvalīf. Name of a commentator or commentary View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
haritatvan. yellowish green (the colour) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
haritayajñam. Name of a man (See hāritay-). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ritayajñamfn. relating or belonging to harita-yajña- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
haritayavam. green barley View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
harivaṃśasāracaritan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
harṣacaritan. Name of a poem by bāṇa- (containing the life of king harṣa-vardhana- of sthāneśvara-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
harṣacaritasaṃketam. Name of Comm. on the above work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
harṣacaritavārttikan. Name of Comm. on the above work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
himādritanayāf. "daughter of himālaya-", parvatī- ( himādritanayapati -pati- m."husband of parvatī-", śiva-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
himādritanayāf. the Ganges View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
himādritanayapatim. himādritanayā
hīnacaritan. (plural) base or mean conduct, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
hrita wrong reading for hṛta-, or hrīta-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
hvaritamfn. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
īritamfn. sent, despatched View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
īritamfn. said, uttered. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
jāgaritamfn. () equals ta-vat- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
jāgaritan. waking View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
jāgaritadeśam. place of waking, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
jāgaritasthānamfn. being awake View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
jāgaritavatmfn. one who has long been awake or is exhausted with sleeplessness, 37. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
jagattritayan. idem or 'n. the three worlds (heaven, earth, and the lower world) ' View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
janmāntaritamfn. done in a former life View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
jaritamfn. (past participle Caus.) old, decayed View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
jaritaetc., See View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
jarjaritamfn. become decrepit or decayed, torn in pieces, worn out View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
jhaṅkāritan. idem or 'm. a low murmuring (buzzing of bees etc.), jingling, clanking ' (varia lectio ṭaṃ-k-). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
jharjharitamfn. ( jhṝ-) worn, wasted, withered View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
jvaritamfn. (gaRa tārakādi-) feverish, affected with fever View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kākamṛgagocaritamfn. following the manner of the crow in drinking, of the deer in eating, and of the cow in making water View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kakṣāśritan. "being in the arm-pit", the hair under the armpit View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kālakāritamfn. effected or brought about by or in time (see kāla-kṛta-.) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kālatritayan. idem or 'n. the three times id est past, present, and future.' View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kalmāṣapādacaritan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kāraṇakāritamind. in consequence of View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
karbūritamfn. variegated, many-coloured View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ritamfn. in fine compositi or 'at the end of a compound' caused to be made or done, brought about, effected etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ritan. the Causal form of a verb View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ritavatmfn. one who has caused to be made or done. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
karmāśritabhaktam. plural Name of a vaiṣṇava- sect. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kaṣṭaśritamfn. undergoing pain or misfortune or hardships, performing penance Scholiast or Commentator on View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kaṭhoritamfn. made to thrive, strengthened View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kaumārahāritam. patronymic fr. kumārahārita- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kharitam. the brother's son View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kiṃciccīritapattrikāf. the plant Beta bengalensis (= cīrita-cchadā-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kirmīritamfn. "variegated", mingled with (in compound) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kirmīritamfn. variegated, spotted View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
koritamfn. scraped out of the ground View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
koritamfn. pounded, ground View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
koritamfn. budded, sprouted View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kṛṣṇahāritam. Name of a ṛṣi- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kṛṣṇāśritamfn. devoted to or a votary of kṛṣṇa- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kṛtasmaracaritan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
krūracaritamfn. addicted to cruel practices, cruel, ferocious. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kṣāratritayan. idem or 'n. "a triad of acrid substances", natron, saltpetre, and borax ' View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kṣaritamfn. dropped, liquefied, oozed View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kṣaritamfn. flowing, trickling View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kṣāritamfn. distilled from saline matter, strained through alkaline ashes etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kṣāritamfn. calumniated, falsely accused (especially of adultery), accused of a crime (locative case) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kṣāritamfn. (instrumental case) (edition Gorr.) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kṣitīśavaṃśāvalīcaritan. "genealogy and history of kṣitīśa-'s family", Name of work composed in the last century. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kṣudrācaritamfn. visited by common people (as a country) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kuharitan. noise, sound View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kuharitan. the song or cry of the Kokila or Indian cuckoo View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kuharitan. a sound uttered in copulation View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kumārahāritam. Name of a teacher View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kumāritaf. (superl.) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kumāritaf. (Comparative degree) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kūrparitamfn. struck by the elbow View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
lalitāṅganareśvaracaritan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
lokāntaritamfn. deceased, dead View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
mādhavacaritan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
madhyasvaritamfn. having the svarita- accent on the middle syllable View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
mahāvīracaritan. "the exploits of the great hero (rāma-)", Name of a celebrated drama by bhavabhūti- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
manaḥśilāvicchuritamfn. inlaid with red arsenic View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
mānavendīyacarita(?) n. Name of a poem. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
mañjarīpiñjaritamfn. "having pearls and gold"or"yellowish coloured with clusters of flowers" View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
mañjaritamfn. "having clusters of flowers"or"mounted on a stalk" (gaRa tārakādi-). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
manoramāpariṇayanacaritan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
mantharitamfn. made slow or lazy, relaxed View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
mantritamfn. discussed, deliberated, determined etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
mantritamfn. advised, counselled (said of Persons and things) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
mantritamfn. consecrated with sacred texts, enchanted, charmed View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
mantritan. counsel, deliberation, plan View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
mantritaSee p.786. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
māntritamfn. (fr. next) gaRa kaṇvādi-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
manyuparitamfn. filled with anger View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ritamfn. (fr. Causal) killed, slain, destroyed, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
rita mārin- See above. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
mārkaṇḍeyacaritan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
meduritamfn. thickened, made dense by or with (compound) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
meduritamfn. unctuous View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
meghakumāracaritan. Name of a jaina- work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
miśritamfn. mixed, blended with (compound) etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
miśritamfn. promiscuous, miscellaneous (as taste) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
miśritamfn. added View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
miśritamfn. respectable View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
miśritamāhātmyan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
mithileśacaritan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
mitrāvaruṇasamīritamfn. impelled by mitra- and varuṇa- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
mrita"begging for food"(for read ) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
mritasaṃjīvakamfn. reviving the dead, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
mudritamfn. sealed, stamped, impressed, printed, marked View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
mudritamfn. contracted, closed, sealed up (nidrā-m-sunk in sleep ) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
mudritamfn. strung, bound View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
mudritamfn. unblown (as a flower) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
mudritamfn. intertwined in particular forms (as the fingers; see mudrā-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
mudritan. impressing a seal on (locative case) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
mudritamukhamfn. having the mouth closed or the lips sealed View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
mudritapāṃsumfn. making impressions on dust or sand (said of drops of water) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
mukharitamfn. rendered noisy. made resonant, sounding, ringing View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
mukuritamfn. (prob.) = View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
mukuritatārakādi View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
mūrchāparitamfn. idem or 'mfn. overcome with faintness, insensible ' View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
mūtritamfn. one who has voided urine View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
mūtritamfn. discharged like urine View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
mūtritamfn. soiled with urine View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
mūtritan. the voiding of urine View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
nāgāritantrahomam. a kind of sacrifice View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
nāgārjunacaritan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
nahuṣacarita" nahuṣa-'s life", Name of chapter of the View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
naiṣadhacaritan. equals prec. n. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
naiṣadhīyacaritan. equals naiṣadha- n. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
nalacarita n. Name of a poem and a drama. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
namritamfn. bent down, made to sink View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
nandīcaritan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
naravāhanadattacaritamayamf(ī-)n. containing the adventures of prince naravāhana-datta-
nātyucchritamfn. idem or 'mfn. not too high ' View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
nayanacaritan. play of the eyes, ogling, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
nidrāmudritamfn. fallen asleep, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
nidrāntaritamfn. asleep View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
nidritamfn. sleeping, asleep (see gaRa tārakādi-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
nidritavatmfn. one who has slept View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
niḥsāritamfn. turned out expelled, dismissed View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
nimantritamfn. invited (especially to a feast, with instrumental case exempli gratia, 'for example' vivāhena- ; see ) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
nimantritamfn. summoned, called, convoked
nīrajīkāritamfn. nīrajīkṛ
nīrandhritamfn. thickly set with, abounding in (compound) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
nīrandhritamfn. uninterrupted View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
nirdāritaSee nir-dṝ-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
nirdāritamfn. torn asunder, split open View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
nirdhāritamfn. determined, ascertained, settled, accurately stated or told View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
nirdhāritavya mfn. equals dhāraṇīya-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
nirvāritamfn. (fr. Causal) warded off View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
nivāritamfn. kept off, hindered, forbidden, prevented View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
niyantritamfn. restrained, checked, fettered, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
niyantritamfn. dammed up, embanked View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
niyantritamfn. restricted to a certain sense (as a word) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
niyantritamfn. governed by, depending on (instrumental case or compound) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
nṛsiṃhacaritan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
padārthatritayan. padārtha
pakvaharitalūnamfn. cut (grain), ripe but not dry View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pāṇḍavacaritan. Name of 2 poems. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pāṇḍukambalasaṃvritamfn. () View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pāṇḍuritamfn. white-coloured View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pāṇḍuritamfn. Balar. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
paraparitamfn. forming an uninterrupted series, continuous View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
parāśritamfn. = (and varia lectio for) prec. mfn. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
parāśritamfn. a dependent, servant slave View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
paretācaritamfn. frequented or inhabited by the departed View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
paricāritan. amusement, sport View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
paricaritavyamfn. to be attended on or served or worshipped View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
parikaritamfn. accompanied by (instrumental case) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
parimantritamfn. ( mantr-) charmed, consecrated, enchanted View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
paripāṇḍuritamfn. made very pale View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
paripūritamfn. filled or occupied by, furnished with (compound) etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
paripūritamfn. accomplished, finished, gone through, experienced View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
parisphuritamfn. quivering, palpitating View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
parisphuritamfn. dispersed, reflected on all sides View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
parisphuritamfn. opened, expanded View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
parisphuritamfn. shot, glanced View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pariśritamfn. standing round View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pariśritamfn. surrounded by (instrumental case or compound) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pariśritamfn. wrong reading for śruta- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pariśritan. (p/ari--) equals p/ari-vṛta- n. (See under pari--1. vṛ-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
paritaP. -tāḍayati-, to strike against, touch View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
paritakanan. ( tak-) running round or about View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
paritakmyamfn. wandering, unsteady, uncertain, dangerous View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
paritakmyāf. travelling, peregrination View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
paritakmyā according to to some also,"going round or overtaking an adversary's chariot". View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
paritakmyāf. night (as the wandering see ) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
paritamP. -tāmyati-, to gasp for breath, be oppressed View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
paritaṃs(only infinitive mood of Causal -taṃsay/adhyai-), to stir up View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
paritanP. A1. -tanoti-, nute- (Aorist -atanat-; ind.p. -tatya-), to stretch round, embrace, surround View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
paritapP. -tapati- (future -tapiṣyati- ; -tapsyati- ; ind.p. -t/apya- ), to burn all round, set on fire, kindle ; to feel or suffer pain ; (with tapas-) to undergo penance, practise austerities etc. etc.: Passive voice -tapyate- (ti-), to be purified (as by fire) ; to feel or suffer pain, do penance, practise austerities etc.: Causal -tāpayati-, to scorch, cause great pain, torment View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
paritapta(p/ari--) mfn. surrounded with heat, heated, burnt, tormented, afflicted View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
paritaptamfn. scorched, singed View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
paritaptamukhamfn. having the face overwhelmed with grief, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
paritaptif. great pain or torture, anguish View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
paritarjCaus. -tarjayati-, to threaten, menace View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
paritarkP. -tarkayati-, to think about, reflect, consider View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
paritarkaṇan. consideration, reflection
paritarkitamfn. thought about, expected (a-parit-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
paritarkitamfn. examined (judicially) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
paritarpaṇamfn. satisfying, contenting View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
paritarpaṇan. the act of satisfying View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
paritarpaṇan. a restorative View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
paritasind. (fr. pari-) round about, all around, everywhere (na-paritaḥ-,by no means, not at all) etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
paritasind. as preposition (with accusative,once with genitive case) round about, round, throughout View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ritathyāf. (-tathya-) a string of pearls for binding the hair View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
paritatnumfn. embracing, surrounding View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ritavatmfn. containing the word pāriśa-, or other forms of the Causal of pṝ-, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
parivāritamfn. (fr. Causal) surrounded by, covered with, veiled in (instrumental case or compound) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
paścānmukhāśritamfn. turned westwards View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
patañjalicaritan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pattritamfn. feathered (is an arrow) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pavitritamfn. purified, sanctified, blessed, happy
piñjaritamfn. coloured reddish-yellow View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pītaharitamfn. "yellowish-green" View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pītaharitacchāyamfn. of a yellow-green colour View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pracaritamfn. followed, practised View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pracaritamfn. arrived at, visited View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pracaritamfn. current, publicly known View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pracāritamfn. allowed to wander or roam about View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pracāritamfn. made public or manifest (see gaRa tārakādi-). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pracaritavyamfn. to be proceeded with or undertaken, to be performed View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pracerita(?), . View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pradyumnottaracaritan. " pradyumna-'s further deeds", Name of a poem. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
praharitamfn. of a beautiful greenish colour View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
prahlādacaritan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
prajāpaticaritan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pramūtritamfn. begun to be urined (n. impersonal or used impersonally) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
prapūritamfn. filled up, completed View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
prasāritamfn. (fr. Causal) held forth, stretched out, expanded, spread, diffused etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
prasāritamfn. laid out, exhibited, exposed (for sale) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
prasāritamfn. published, promulgated View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
prasāritabhogamfn. (a serpent) with expanded coils View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
prasāritagātramfn. with outstretched limbs (su-pr-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
prasphuritamfn. become tremulous, quivering, vibrating etc. ( prasphuritādhara dhara- mfn.one whose lower lip quivers ) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
prasphuritamfn. clear, evident View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
praśritamfn. bending forward deferentially, humble, modest, courteous, well-behaved ( praśritam am- ind.humbly, deferentially) etc. (often wrong reading sṛta-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
praśritamfn. hidden, obscure (as a meaning) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
praśritam. Name of a son of ānaka-dundubhi- and śānti-deva- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
praśritamind. praśrita
pratāritamfn. misled, deceived, imposed upon etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pratāritamfn. persuaded or seduced to (dative case) (varia lectio pra-codita-). 1. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
praticāritamfn. (fr. Causal) circulated, proclaimed, published View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pratikūlācaritan. an offensive action, injurious conduct View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pratimantritamfn. consecrated with sacred texts View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pratipūritamfn. filled with, full of View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pratipūritamfn. satisfied, contented View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pratisamāśritamfn. ( śri-) depending on (accusative) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pratisāritamfn. (fr. Causal) repelled, removed View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pratisāritamfn. dressed (as a wound) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pratiśritan. a place of refuge View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
prativāritamfn. kept off, prohibited, prevented etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
prativāritan. prohibition View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pratyucchritamfn. rising View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
prauḍhacaritanāmann. plural Name of work by vallabhācārya- on the titles of kṛṣṇa- derived from 128 of his exploits during adolescence. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pravāhemūtritan. pravāha
pravāritamfn. (for 2.See under pra--2. vṛ-) clothed with (instrumental case) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pravāritamfn. (for 1.See above) offered, set out for sale (Bombay edition pra-codita-). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
praveritamfn. cast, hurled (varia lectio) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pravicāritamfn. (fr. Causal) examined or investigated accurately View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
prekṣakeritamfn. (a word) uttered by a spectator View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
preritamfn. urged, impelled, dispatched, sent View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
preritamfn. turned, directed (as the eye) (varia lectio) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
preritamfn. incited to speak View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
preritamfn. passed, spent (as time) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
proccāritamfn. (fr. Causal) caused to sound, sounding View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
procchritamfn. (pra-ucch-) lifted up, raised View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
procchritamfn. high, lofty View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
protsāritamfn. (fr. Causal) offered, granted, given View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
protsāritamfn. ejected, expelled View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
protsāritamfn. urged forwards, incited View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
puṇyabharitamfn. abounding in holiness or bliss View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
puraṃjanacaritan. Name of drama. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ritamfn. filled, completed etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ritamfn. made full or strong, intensified (as a sound) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ritamfn. filled with wind, blown (as a conch) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ritamfn. multiplied, overspread View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
puritat wrong reading for purītat- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pūrvācaritamfn. formerly done or followed View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pūrvarātrakritamfn. done during the formerly previously of the night (equals tre kṛ- ) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pūrvāvadhīritamfn. formerly disdained View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
rāghavayādāvīyacaritan. Name of poems. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
raghunāthacaritan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
raghuvīracaritan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
rāmacandracaritan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
rāmacandrāśritapārijātam. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
rāmacaritan. " rāma-s's exploits", Name of various works. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
rāmānujacaritan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
rātritaf. (Comparative degree of rātri-) the depth or dead of night View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
rukmāṅgadacaritan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
saccaritan. good conduct etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
saccaritan. history or account of the good View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
saccaritamfn. well-conducted, virtuous View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
saccaritamimāṃsāf. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śādaharitamfn. green or fresh with young grass View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sadāśritamfn. (for sadāś-See) having recourse or attaching one's self to the virtuous, belonging to the good, virtuous View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sadāśrita(ś-) mfn. (for sad-āś-See under 1. sad-) always resorting to or dependent on View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sādhāritamfn. supported View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sahacaritamfn. gone or going with etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sahacaritamfn. congruent, homogeneous ( sahacaritatva -tva- n.) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sahacaritatvan. sahacarita
sāhasāṅkacaritan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śākalyacaritan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
samācaritamfn. practised, performed, done, committed View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
samāśritamfn. come together, assembled View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
samāśritamfn. going or resorting to, living or dwelling in, fixed or staying or standing in or on, flowing into (accusative locative case,or compound) etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
samāśritamfn. (also -vat-,"one who has attained", with accusative) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
samāśritamfn. following or practising, leaning on, taking refuge with (accusative) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
samāśritamfn. resting or dependent on (locative case) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
samāśritamfn. relating to, concerning (compound) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
samāśritamfn. stating, asserting View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
samāśritamfn. (with pass. sense) leaned on (for support) , resorted to View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
samāśritamfn. had recourse to, chosen on View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
samāśritamfn. endowed or provided or furnished with (instrumental case) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
samāśritamfn. visited or afflicted by (compound) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
samāśritam. a dependant, servant (see āśrayaṇīya-), Raljat. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
samāśritatvan. resort to, seeking refuge with (compound) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
samayasetuvāritamfn. restrained by the barrier of custom View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sāmbacaritan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
saṃcāritamfn. (fr. idem or 'm. (and saṃcārayitrī trī- f.fr. Causal) a leader, guide ') caused to go, set in motion, impelled, driven, guided View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
saṃcāritamfn. transmitted, communicated (as a disease) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
saṃcāritam. a person who carries out the intentions of his masters
saṃhvāritamfn. (fr. Causal of hvṛ-) crooked, curved, bent in (with madhye-,"thinner or more slender in the middle") View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
samīritamfn. stirred, moved, tossed, thrown etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
samīritamfn. sent forth, uttered (as a sound) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śaṃkarācāryacaritan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
saṃkaritain garbha-s- (q.v) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
saṃkṣaritamfn. flowing, trickling View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sammantritamfn. deliberated, considered View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sammiśritamfn. mixed together, mingled, intermixed with (instrumental case) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
saṃniśritamfn. connected with, devoted to View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sampariśritamfn. covered over View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
samparivāritamf(ā-)n. (fr. Causal) surrounded, encompassed View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sampradhāritamfn. fixed or determined upon, deliberated about View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sampraśritamfn. modest, humble, well-behaved View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sampūritamfn. filled quite full, filled with View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
saṃsmāritamfn. caused to remember, reminded of (accusative) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
saṃsmāritamfn. recalled to the mind View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
saṃśrayakāritamfn. caused by alliance View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
saṃśritamfn. joined or united with (instrumental case or compound) etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
saṃśritamfn. leaning against, clinging to (accusative) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
saṃśritamfn. clung to, embraced View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
saṃśritamfn. one who has gone or fled to any one for protection, one who has entered the service of (accusative or compound) etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
saṃśritamfn. one who has betaken himself to a place, living or dwelling or staying or situated or being in (locative case or compound) etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
saṃśritamfn. resorted to, sought for refuge or protection View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
saṃśritamfn. one who is addicted to, indulging in (accusative) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
saṃśritamfn. one who has laid hold of or embraced or chosen View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
saṃśritamfn. inherent in, peculiar to (accusative or compound) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
saṃśritamfn. relating to, concerning (locative case or compound) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
saṃśritamfn. suitable, fit, proper View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
saṃśritam. a servant, adherent, dependant etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
saṃśritavatmfn. one who has joined or united himself with (instrumental case) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
saṃśritavya wrong reading for srayitavya- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
saṃtāritamfn. (fr. Causal) made to pass over, saved, rescued, delivered View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
saṃtvaritamfn. greatly hurried, hastening View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
saṃtvaritamind. in a hurry, in great haste, quickly View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
samucchritamfn. well raised or elevated etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
samucchritamfn. surging, high View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
samucchritamfn. exalted, powerful View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
samucchritabhujamf(ā-)n. having arms well raised View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
samucchritadhvajavatmfn. having flags hoisted (in it, said of a town) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
samudācaritamfn. addressed View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
samudīritamfn. (fr. Causal) set in motion, raised, uttered, pronounced View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
samupāśritamfn. ( śri-) leaning against, supported by, resting on (accusative) etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
samupāśritamfn. resorted to, one who has recourse to (accusative) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
samupāśritamfn. occupied by (instrumental case) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
samupāśritamfn. visited or afflicted by (instrumental case) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
saṃvyapāśritamfn. ( śri-) relying on, resorting to (accusative) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
saṃyantritamfn. ( yantr-) fastened with bands, held in, stopped View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sānusvaritamfn. (prob.) resounding, re-echoing View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sapattritamfn. equals sa-pattrā-kṛta- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śāpayantritamfn. restrained by a curse View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
saridāśritaSee arṇavasarid-āśrita-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śāritamfn. variegated, coloured View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
saritamfn. flowing, fluent (as speech), View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sarvacaritan. Name of a drama. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sarvasvaritamfn. having only the svarita- (q.v) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śāstritamfn. (fr. śāstra-) gaRa tārakādi- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śāstritamfn. treated according to the śāstra-s View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śatacandritamfn. equals -candra- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śatruśalyacaritan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sattvocchritamfn. pre-eminent in courage View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
satvaritamind. hastily, quickly, forthwith View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śayanīyāśritamfn. gone to bed View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śekharitamfn. made into or serving for a chaplet or diadem etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śekharitamfn. crested, peaked, tipped with (compound) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śeṣakāritamfn. unfinished, undone View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śibicarita n. the story of śibi- (occurring as an episode of the ). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
siddhārthacaritan. Name of a poem View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sindhuvāritam. () Vitex Negundo. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sindūritamfn. reddened, made red View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śiśiritamfn. cooled View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sitacchattritamfn. turned into or representing a white umbrella View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sitacchattritam. having a white umbrella, possessed of the insignia of royalty View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śliṣṭaparamparitarūpakan. a continuous series of words having a double meaning (a kind of metaphor) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
smāritamfn. (fr. Causal) reminded, called to mind, recalled to recollection View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śobhanācaritan. virtuous practice View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sphāritamfn. (fr. Causal) opened wide View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sphāritamfn. widely diffused View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sphāritamfn. throbbing, vibrating View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sphuritamfn. quivering, throbbing, trembling, palpitating, flashing etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sphuritamfn. struggling View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sphuritamfn. glittered, flashed (n. impersonal or used impersonally"it has been flashed by") View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sphuritamfn. broken forth, burst into view, suddenly arisen or appeared View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sphuritamfn. plainly displayed or exhibited View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sphuritamfn. swelled, swollen View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sphuritan. a tremulous or convulsive motion, quiver, throb, twitch, tremor, convulsion View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sphuritan. agitation or emotion of mind View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sphuritan. flash, gleam, glittering, radiance, sheen View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sphuritan. sudden appearance, coming into being View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sphuritaśatahradamfn. having flashing lightning (said of a cloud) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śrīdāmacaritan. Name of a drama View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śrīkaṇṭhacaritan. Name of a poem (written by maṅkha- who lived in kaśmīra- in the 12th century A.D.) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śrīpālacaritan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śritamfn. clinging or attached to, standing or lying or being or fixed or situated in or on, contained in, connected with (locative case accusative,or compound) etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śritamfn. one who has gone or resorted to (accusative) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śritamfn. having attained or fallen or got into any condition (accusative or compound; see kaṣṭa-śr-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śritamfn. having assumed (a form) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śritamfn. gone to, approached, had recourse to, sought, occupied (as a place) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śritamfn. taken, chosen View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śritamfn. served, honoured, worshipped View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śritamfn. subservient, subordinate, auxiliary View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śritakṣamamfn. one who has had recourse to patience, composed, tranquil View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śritasattvamfn. one who has taken courage or resolution View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śritavatmfn. one who has taken refuge with (accusative) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śṛṅgāritamfn. affected by love, impassioned View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śṛṅgāritamfn. stained with red-lead, reddened View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śṛṅgāritamfn. adorned, decorated, embellished View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sthavirāvalīcaritan. Name of a jaina- work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
strita stri-tarā- See stri-t- under strī-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sucaritamfn. well performed (See compound) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sucaritan. (s/u--; sg. and plural) good conduct or behaviour, virtuous actions etc. etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sucaritamf(ā-)n. well-conducted, moral, virtuous View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sucaritam. (with miśra-), Name of an author View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sucaritacaritamfn. one who leads a virtuous life View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sucaritavratamfn. well performing religious observances View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sūcchritamfn. well raised or lifted up or erected View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śucicaritamfn. virtuous or honest in conduct View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sudarśanasukarṇakacaritam. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śukaharitamfn. idem or 'mfn. green like a parrot ' View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śuklaharitam. pale-greenness View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śuklaharitamf(ā-or iṇī-)n. pale-green View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sumantritamfn. well advised, wisely planned (am- impersonal or used impersonally) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sumantritan. good counsel (taṃ-kṛ-,"to take good counsel") View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
supattritamfn. well-feathered (as an arrow) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
suprasāritamf(ā-)n. widely extended View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sūrjanacaritan. a biography of king sūrjana- (by candraśekhara-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
susamāśritamfn. well stationed View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
susaṃśrita wrong reading for prec. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sūtritamfn. strung, arranged etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sūtritamfn. directed or declared in a sūtra-, prescribed or delivered in aphorisms or axioms View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sūtritatvan. the being said or enjoined in a sūtra- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
suvicāritamfn. well weighed, deliberately considered View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
suyantritamfn. fast bound ( suyantritatva -tva- n.) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
suyantritamfn. well restrained or governed or self-controlled View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
suyantritatvan. suyantrita
śvabhritamfn. full of holes gaRa tārakādi-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śvāpadācaritamfn. overrun or infested by wild beast View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
svaraṃkritamfn. well arranged or prepared (as a sacrifice) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
svaritamfn. caused to sound View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
svaritamfn. sounded, having an accent, accentuated View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
svaritamfn. having svarita- accent View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
svaritamfn. added, admixed ( svaritatva -tva- n.) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
svaritam. n. the svarita- accent (a kind of mixed tone, produced by a combination of high and low tone, and therefore named in sam-āhāra-,the high and low tones being called ud-ātta-,"raised"or"acute", and an-udātta-,"low"or"grave";the svarita- corresponds to the Greek circumflex and is of four kinds, viz. kṣaipra-[as in vy-/āpta-for v/i-āpta-], jātya-[as in kv/a-for k/ua-], praśliṣṭa-[as in div/īva-for div/i iva-],or abhinihita-[as in t/e 'bruvan-for t/e abruvan-];it is marked in by a small upright stroke above a syllable;and when produced by an udātta-immediately preceding is sometimes called "a dependent svarita-", and, when it properly belongs to a word, an"independent svarita-") View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
svaritatvan. the state of having the svarita- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
svaritatvan. svarita
svaritavākyapaddhatif. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
svaritavatmfn. containing the svarita- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
svāśritamfn. self-dependent View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
svastyarthacaritamfn. one who has happily attained his aim View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ṭaṃkāritan. See jhaṃ-kārita- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
tandritamfn. equals mūḍha- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
tandritamfn. See a--. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
tantritamfn. spoken (a spell) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
tantritamfn. (in fine compositi or 'at the end of a compound') depending on View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
tantritamfn. a-- negative ,"independent" View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
tantritamfn. for a-tandrita- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ritamfn. conveyed across View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
taritavyan. impersonal or used impersonally it is to be crossed or passed over View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ritamfn. finished, settled View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
tribhuvanamāṇikyacaritan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
triṣaṣṭiśalākāpuruṣacaritan. "lives of the 63 great personages", Name of work by View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
tritam. "third"(), Name of a Vedic deity (associated with the marut-s, vāyu-, and indra-;fighting like the latter with tvāṣṭra-, vṛtra-, and other demons;called āptya- [ q.v ],"water-deity", and supposed to reside in the remotest regions of the world, whence[ ]the idea of wishing to remove calamity to tvāṣṭra-, and the view of the trita-s being the keepers of nectar[ ] , similarly [ ]the notion of trita-'s bestowing long life;also conceived as an inferior deity conquering the demons by order and with the help of indra-[ ];fallen into a well he begged aid from the gods [ ];as to this last myth on relates that 3 ṛṣi-s, ekata-, dvita-, and trita-, parched with thirst, looked about and found a well, and when tvāṣṭra- began to draw water, the other two, desirous of his property, pushed him down and closed up the well with a wheel;shut up there, tvāṣṭra- composed a hymn to the gods, and managed miraculously to prepare the sacrificial soma-, that he might drink it himself, or offer it to the deities and so be extricated: this is alluded to in [ confer, compare ] and described in ;also makes him a ṛṣi-, and he is the supposed author of ;in epic legends[ ] ekata-, dvita-, and tvāṣṭra- are described as 3 brothers, sons of gautama- or of prajā-pati- or brahmā-;elsewhere tvāṣṭra- is one of the 12 sons of manu- cākṣuṣa- by naḍvalā- ; confer, compare traitan/a-; Zend Thrita;, , etc.) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
tritan. triplet of young (three-twin) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
tritakṣan. an association of 3 carpenters View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
tritakṣīf. idem or 'n. an association of 3 carpenters ' View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
tritakūpam. " tvāṣṭra-'s well", Name of a tīrtha- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
tritantimfn. having 3 chords (a lute) Scholiast or Commentator on and View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
tritantrikāf. (a lute) having 3 chords. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
tritantumfn. thrice woven (?) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
tritasind. on 3 sides View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
tritayan. () a triad View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
tvaritamfn. () hasty, quick, swift, expeditious etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
tvaritan. impersonal or used impersonally hurried View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
tvaritan. haste (See sa-tvaritam-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
tvaritagatif. "swift motion", a metre View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
tvaritakam. equals tūrṇaka- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
tvaritaf. idem or 'm. equals tūrṇaka- ' View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
tvaritamind. quickly, swiftly View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
tvaritaramind. more quickly View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
tvaritatamfn. stepping quickly View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
tvaritavikramamfn. of 4 x 10 syllables View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
uccaritamfn. gone up or out, risen View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
uccaritamfn. uttered, articulated View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
uccaritan. excrement, dung View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
uccāritamfn. pronounced, uttered, articulated View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
uccāritamfn. having excretion, one who has had evacuation of the bowels View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
uccāritan. evacuation of the bowels View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ucchritamfn. raised, lifted up, erected etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ucchritamfn. rising, arising, mounting etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ucchritamfn. high, tall etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ucchritamfn. advancing, arisen, grown powerful or mighty etc.
ucchritamfn. wanton, luxuriant etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ucchritamfn. excited View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ucchritamfn. increased, grown, enlarged, large, huge View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ucchritamfn. born, produced View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ucchritam. Pinus Longifolia View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ucchritapāṇimfn. with out-stretched hand. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
uccitritamfn. richly decorated or furnished with (instrumental case), ibidem or 'in the same place or book or text' as the preceding View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
udāracaritamfn. of generous behaviour, noble-minded, noble etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
udāracaritam. Name of a king View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
udayanacaritan. Name of a drama. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
uḍḍamaritamfn. stirred up, excited. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
uddhāritamfn. taken out, drawn forth, extricated View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
uddhāritamfn. released. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
udīritamfn. excited, stirred up View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
udīritamfn. animated, agitated View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
udīritamfn. increased, augmented View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
udīritamfn. said, uttered, enunciated. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
udīritadhīmfn. one whose mind is active, acute-minded View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
upabhritamfn. brought near, procured for (dative case) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
upabhritamfn. destined to (dative case) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
upacaritamfn. approached, attended View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
upacaritamfn. applied etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
upacaritan. a particular rule of saṃdhi- (see upa-cāra-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
upācaritam. (in grammar) a particular saṃdhi- rule (by which a visarga- in the pada-pāṭha- becomes s-before k-and p-in the saṃhitā- exempli gratia, 'for example' y/as p/atiḥ- ) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
upacaritavyamfn. to be attended or waited upon View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
upacaritavyamfn. to be treated View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
upacaritavyamfn. to be respected or revered or treated with attention View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
upacaritavyāf. service, attendance View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
upacaritavyāf. attendance on a patient View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
upacaritavyāf. practice of medicine. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
upamantritamfn. called near or hither etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
upamantritamfn. summoned, invited, persuaded View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
upamantritamfn. addressed View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
upāmantritamfn. addressed, called upon, summoned View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
uparitalan. the upper surface View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
uparitanamf(ī-)n. upper (opposed to adhastana-) commentator or commentary on and View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
uparitanamf(ī-)n. following, further on, subsequent (in a book) commentator or commentary on ., on View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
uparitasind. over, above View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
upaśritamfn. placed near, brought to the attention of View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
upaśritamfn. leaning towards or upon View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
upāśritamfn. lying or resting upon, leaning against, clinging to View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
upāśritamfn. having recourse to, relying upon, taking refuge with etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
upāśritamfn. taking one's self to View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
upāśritamfn. approached, arrived at, abiding in etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
upāśritamfn. anything against which one leans or upon which one rests View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
upayantritamfn. solicited or compelled to do anything, allured (erroneous for upa-ma- ) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
urvaritamfn. left, left over (equals avaśiṣṭa- commentator or commentary) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
uṣācaritan. Name (also title or epithet) of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
utsāritamfn. caused to move, driven away etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
uttararāmacarita(or caritra-) n. "the further or later deeds of rāma-", Name of a drama of bhava-bhūti-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
uttarāśritamfn. having gone to or being in the northern direction View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
utteritan. (said to be fr. uttṝ-), one of the five paces of a horse View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vakritamfn. curved, crooked, bent View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vakritamfn. entering on an apparently retrograde course (as a planet) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vālmīkicaritan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vaṃśacaritan. family history, the history of a race or dynasty, genealogy View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vaṃśānucaritan. the history of a family or dynasty, a genealogical list (one of five distinguishing marks of a purāṇa-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vaṃśānuvaṃśacaritan. the history of both old and recent families (See prec.) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vaṃśyānucarita varia lectio for vaṃśān- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
varavritamfn. received as a boon View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ritamfn. (fr. Causal) warded off, prevented, hindered, impeded, restrained View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ritamfn. forbidden (See next) . View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ritamfn. (fr. Causal) concealed, hidden, covered, surrounded, obstructed etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ritamfn. prevented, prohibited, forbidden View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ritaraṃgam. a wave View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ritasind. "from water"(and"restrained"; see vārita-,) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ritaskaram. "water-thief", Name of the sun (as absorbing water) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ritaskaram. a cloud View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ritavāmamfn. eager for forbidden things View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
varṇacitritamfn. painted with colours View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
varṇakacitritamfn. painted with colours or with a brush (see varṇa-c-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
varṣādhritamfn. worn in the rainy season (as a garment) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vasantotsavacaritan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vasubharitamfn. full of treasures. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vasucaritan. Name of a campū-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vātāritaṇḍulāf. Embelia Ribes View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vicaritamfn. moved in different directions etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vicaritan. wandering, roaming about View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vicāritamfn. deliberated, considered, discussed, judged etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vicāritamfn. anything which is under discussion, dubious, doubtful, uncertain View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vicāritamfn. anything which has been discussed or decided, ascertained, settled View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vicāritan. (also plural) deliberation, doubt, hesitation View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vicchuritamfn. bestrewed or powdered or covered or inlaid with (instrumental case or compound) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vicchuritam. a particular samādhi- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vicitritamfn. variegated, spotted, coloured, painted View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vicitritamfn. embellished by, adorned or decorated with (instrumental case or compound) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vicitritamfn. wonderful View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vidāritamfn. torn asunder, rent, split, broken open View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vidhuritamfn. dejected, depressed View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vidhuritan. plural adversities, calamities View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vighnatantritamfn. gaRa tārakādi- (perhaps for vighnita-and tantrita-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vihvaritaSee vi-hvṛ-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vihvaritamfn. staggered, fallen (Vedic according to to on ). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vikāritamfn. changed, rendered unfavourable or unfriendly View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vikramacaritan. Name of 32 stories describing the acts of vikramāditya- (also called siṃhāsana-dvātriṃśat- q.v) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vikramārkacaritan. vikramārka
vimiśritamfn. mixed, mingled (with lipi- f.a particular mode of writing) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vināyakacaritan. Name of the 73rd chapter of the krīḍā-khaṇḍa- or 2nd part of the gaṇeśa-- purāṇa-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vinivāritamfn. kept off, prevented, hindered, opposed View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vinivāritamfn. screened, covered View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
viparitap Passive voice -tapyate-, to be greatly distressed, suffer great pain View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vipratāritamfn. (fr. Causal) imposed upon, deceived View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vīracarita n. "exploits of the hero", Name of a celebrated drama by bhava-bhūti- (equals mahāvīra-carita- q.v) and of a legendary history of śāli-vāhana-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vīranārāyaṇacaritan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
visāritamfn. (fr. Causal) made to go forth or spread, set on foot, occasioned, effected, performed
vismāritamfn. (fr. Causal) caused to forget anything (accusative) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vismāritamfn. caused to be forgotten, lost to memory View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
visphāritamfn. opened wide, torn or rent asunder etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
visphāritamfn. exhibited, manifested, displayed View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
visphāritan. drawing or discharging (a bow) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
visphuritamfn. trembling, quivering, palpitating ( visphuritādhara dhara- mfn.having quivering lips ; visphuritekṣaṇa tekṣaṇa- mfn.having trembling eyes ) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
visphuritamfn. flashing, glittering ( visphuritaśastra -śastra- mfn.with glittering weapons ) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
visphuritamfn. swollen, enlarged View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
visphuritan. equals sphuraṇa- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
visphuritaśastramfn. visphurita
visphuritavyamfn. to be opened wide (as the eyes) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
viśritamfn. (prob, = resounded)
vistāritamfn. (fr. idem or 'f. Name of a commentator or commentary on the kāvya-prakāśa-.') spread, extended View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vistāritamfn. fully stated, amplified View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
visūritan. idem or 'n. ( sūr-) sorrow, distress (See the Prakrit) .' View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
viviktacaritamfn. faultless in conduct or behaviour View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vrajendracaritan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vṛṣabhacaritamfn. done by bulls View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vṛṣabhacaritan. Name of a metre (commonly called hāriṇī-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vyāghāghāritamfn. besprinkled, sprinkled with oil or ghee View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vyājanidritamf(ā-)n. feigning sleep View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vyāpāparitamfn. (fr. id.) , made to be busy, set to work, engaged, occupied View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vyapāśrayapāśritamfn. one who has taken refuge with (accusative or comp.) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vyapāśrayapāśritamfn. having taken or assumed View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vyāsādritaraṃgiṇīf. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vyasanaprasāritakaramfn. having the hand stretched forth for (inflicting) calamity View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vyatikaritamfn. mixed or joined with (instrumental case or compound) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
yantritaSee . View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
yantritamfn. restrained, curbed, bound, fettered, confined (literally and figuratively) etc. (see a--and su-y-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
yantritamfn. subject to, compelled by, depending on (instrumental case ablative,or compound) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
yantritamfn. bandaged, placed in splints View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
yantritamfn. one who takes pains or strenuously exerts himself for (kṛte-, in fine compositi or 'at the end of a compound') View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
yantritakathamfn. restrained in speech, constrained to be silent View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
yantritasāyakamfn. one who has fixed an arrow (in a kind of self-acting bow or machine which discharges itself when touched) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
yathocchritamind. as raised or erected View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
yayāticaritan. "the story of yayāti-", Name of a nāṭaka- (by rudra-deva-). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
     Apte Search  
81 results
     
aṃśaḥ अंशः [अंश्-अच्] 1 A share, part, portion, division; member; सकृदंशो निपतति Ms.9.47; तुर्यांशः a fourth part; षष्ठ˚; ममैवांशो जीवलोके जीवभूतः सनातनः Bg.15.7; भुवमंशाविव धर्मयोर्गतौ R.8.16; अंशेन दर्शितानुकूलता K.159 partly. -2 A share in property, inheritance; स्वतों$शतः Ms.8.48; अनंशौ क्लीबपतितौ 9.21; पत्न्यः कार्याः समांशिकाः Y.2.115. -3 the numerator of a fraction; अन्योन्यहाराभिहतौ हरांशौ Līlā.; sometimes used for fraction itself. -4 A degree of latitude (or longitude); अक्षस्यांशाः समाख्याताः षष्टयुत्तरशतत्रयम्; स च अंशः षष्टिकलात्मकः, कला तु षष्टिविकलात्मिका -5 The shoulder (more correctly written as अंस, q. v.). -6 N. of one of the Ādityas; Mb.1.227.25; cf. also the beginning of T. Ā. The senses of 'party', 'a share of booty', 'earnest money', which are said to occur in the Veda are traceable to 1 above. -7 The vital note in a Rāga. -Comp. - अंशः [ष. त.] a secondary incarnation; part of a portion. -अंशि adv. share by share. -अवतारः -तरणम् [ष. त.] descent (on earth) of parts of deities, partial incarnation; ˚तार इव धर्मस्य Dk.153; ˚रमिव कृतान्तस्य K.31; ˚उच्चैःश्रवसः 79; so अंशावतीर्णमिव 18; N. of a sub-parvan covering Adhyāyas 64-67 of Ādiparvan of Mb. Even without the compound अंश means partial incarnation, अंश, आवेश, and अवतार are the three kinds of Lord's manifestations. -कुण्डली (= नवांशकुण्डली) the horoscope prepared by taking into consideration the nine zodiacal divisions. (1/18th of a राशि = नवांश or नवमांश). -भाज्, -हर, -हारिन् a. [उप. समास] one who takes or has a share, one entitled to a share in the ancestral property, an heir, a co-heir; पिण्डदों?1?1$- शहरश्चैषां पूर्वाभावे परः परः Y.2.132; जातो$पि दास्यां शूद्रेण कामतों$शहरो भवेत् 133. -विवर्तिन् a. [स. त.] slightly turned away, or turned away towards the shoulder; मुखमंशविवर्ति पक्ष्मलाक्ष्याः Ś.3.24. v. l. for अंसविवर्ति. -सवर्णनम् [ष. त.] reduction of fractions to the same denominator (अतुल्यच्छेदयो राश्योः समच्छेदकरणम्) अन्योन्यहाराभिहतौ हरांशौ राश्योः समच्छेदविधानमेवम् Līlā. -स्वरः the keynote.
atantra अतन्त्र a. [न. ब.] 1 Having no ropes or musical strings (as a musical instrument); नातन्त्री वाद्यते वीणा Rām. -2 Unrestrained; not necessarily binding; not being the object of the rule under consideration; ह्रस्वग्रहणमतन्त्रम्, क्लीबत्वं ˚न्त्रम् Sk. Something which is not intended; on which there is no emphasis or stress (वार्त्तिक 2.2.34.1). -3 Without formulas or empirical actions. -4 Not (having the binding force of) a scientific statement; तत्राविज्ञातग्रहणमतन्त्रमिति कल्प्येत । ŚB. on MS.6.1.7. -त्वम् meaninglessness, superfluity, superfluous nature. किं तु इतरस्मिन् पक्षे बाध्यतेतरां श्रुतिः । ऐन्द्रशब्दस्यातन्त्रत्वात् । ŚB. on MS.6.4.29. अतन्द्र atandra न्द्रित ndrita न् n ल l अतन्द्र न्द्रित न् ल a. Alert, unwearied, careful, vigilant; अतन्द्रिता सा स्वयमेव वृक्षकान् Ku.5.14, R.17.39, H. Pr.33.
adāna अदान a. [न. ब.] 1 Not giving, miserly. -2 Without rut (or not charitable); सदादानः परिक्षीणः शस्त एव करीश्वरः । अदानः पीनगात्रो$पि निन्द्य एव हि गर्दभः ॥ Pt.2.7. अदान्य, अदायिन्, अदामन्, अदाशु, अदाशुरि, -दाश्वस् a. Ved. Not giving, -दाश्वस् a. Ved. Not giving, miserly, poor; irreligious, impious, जघन्वाँ इन्द्र मित्रेरूञ्चोदप्रवृद्धो हरिवो अदाशून् Rv.1. 174.6. यस्ते देवाँ अदाशुरिः प्रममर्ष मघत्तये Rv.8.45.15.
adāyika अदायिक a. (-की f.) [दायमर्हति दाय-ठक् न. ब.] 1 That which is not claimed by an heir; destitute of heirs; अदायिकं धनं राजगामि Kāty. -2 not relating to inheritance.
anaṃśa अनंश a. [न. ब.] 1 Not entitled to a share in the inheritance; ˚शौ क्लीबपतितौ जात्यन्धबधिरौ तथा । उन्मत्तजड- मूकाश्च ये च केचिन्निरिन्द्रियाः ॥ Ms.9.21. Other persons are also mentioned by Devala, Baudhāyana, Kātyāyana and Nārada. -2 Without parts, undivided, portionless; an epithet of the sky or the Supreme Being.
anavabrava अनवब्रव a. [अवब्रू-अच् न वचादेशः न. त.] Irreproachable, not open to censure (अपवादवर्जित); speaking authoritatively; विजेषकृदिन्द्र इवानवब्रवः Rv.1.84.5.
anārabhya अनारभ्य a. Unfit to be commenced or undertaken. -ind. Without commencing; without reference to any particular thing e. g. ˚वादः 1 detached remark (upon sacrifices &c.); किञ्चित्कर्मारभ्य उद्यते उच्यते इत्यारभ्यवादः न आरभ्यवादः -2 A statement without any specific reference to any particular thing or act, न बानारभ्यवादात् । Ms.6. 6.3, A statement having no definite context. -Comp. -अधीत a. [न आसभ्य किञ्चिदधीतः] studied or taught or read without reference to any particular subject (not as part of a regular or authoritative work); learnt as a detached subject; येषां मन्त्राणां कर्मविशेषे विनियोगो नोक्तः तेषां मन्त्राणाम् अनारभ्याधीतत्वात् ब्रह्मयज्ञे एव विनियोग इति मीमांसा.
aniyukta अनियुक्त a. Not appointed or authoritative. -क्तः An assessor at a court who has not been formally appointed and who is not entitled to vote.
anuvādaḥ अनुवादः 1 Repetition (in general); गुण˚ K.26. -2 Repetition by way of explanation, illustration or corroboration; अनुवादे चरणानाम् P.II.4.3. (सिद्धस्योपन्यासे Sk.) -3 Explanatory repetition or reference to what is already mentioned, such as paraphrase or free translation; particularly, any portion of the Brāhmaṇas which comments on, illustrates, or explains a Vidhi or direction previously laid down and which does not itself lay down any directions; a supplementary repetition, opp. to विधि 'authoritative or direct injunction'; विधिविहितस्य अनुवचनमनुवादः । नानुवादपुनरुक्तयोः विशेषः शब्दाभ्या- सोपपत्तेः Nyāya sūtra; cf. also विध्यनुवादयोर्विधिर्ज्यायान्, अपू- र्वार्थप्रकल्पत्वादिति ŚB. on MS.1.6.3. It is of 3 kinds:- भूतार्थ˚ (सदेव सौम्येदमग्र आसीत्); स्तुत्यर्थ˚ (वायुर्वै क्षेपिष्ठा देवता) and गुण˚ (अग्निहोत्रं जुहोति इत्युक्ते दध्ना जुहोति इति गुणविधानात्); see अर्थवाद also. -4 Corroboration, confirmation. -5 Slander, abuse, reviling. -6 Advertisement, notice; report, rumour. -7 Commencement of speech (वाचारम्भणमात्रम्).
anta अन्त a. [अम्-तन् Uṇ.3.86] 1 Near. -2 Last. -3 Handsome, lovely; Me.23; दन्तोज्ज्वलासु विमलोपलमे- खलान्ताः Śi.4.4, (where, however, the ordinary sense of 'border' or 'skirt' may do as well, though Malli. renders अन्त by रम्य, quoting the authority of शब्दार्णव - 'मृताववसिते रम्ये समाप्तावन्त इष्यते'). -4 Lowest, worst. -5 Youngest. -तः (n. in some senses) 1 (a) End, limit, boundary (in time or space); final limit, last or extreme point; स सागरान्तां पृथिवीं प्रशास्ति H.4.5 bounded by the ocean, as far as the sea; अपाङ्गौ नेत्रयो- रन्तौ Ak.; उद्युक्तो विद्यान्तमधिगच्छति H.3.114 goes to the end of, masters completely; श्रुतस्य यायादयमन्तमर्भकस्तथा परेषां युधि चेति पार्थिवः (where अन्त also means end or destruction); जीवलोकसुखानामन्तं ययौ K.59 enjoyed all worldly pleasures; आलोकितः खलु रमणीयानामन्तः K.124 end, furthest extremity; दिगन्ते श्रूयन्ते Bv.1.2. -2 Skirt, border, edge, precinct; a place or ground in general; यत्र रम्यो वनान्तः U.2.25 forest ground, skirts of the forest; ओदकान्तात् स्निग्धो जनो$नुगन्तव्यः Ś.4; उपवनान्तलताः R.9.35 as far as the borders or skirts; वृत्तः स नौ संगतयोर्वनान्ते R.2.58,2.19; Me.23. Upper part (शिरोभाग); महा- र्हमुक्तामणिभूषितान्तम् Rām.5.4.3. -3 End of a texture, edge, skirt, fringe or hem of a garment; वस्त्र˚; पवनप्रनर्तितान्तदेशे दुकूले K.9 (by itself in Veda). -4 Vicinity, proximity, neighbourhood, presence; नाधीयीत श्मशानान्ते ग्रामान्ते Ms. 4.116; Y.2.162; जलान्ते छन्दसां कुर्यादुत्सर्गं विधिवद् बहिः 1.143; गङ्गाप्रपातान्तविरूढशष्पम् (गह्वरम्) R.2.26; पुंसो यमान्तं व्रजतः P.2.115 going into the vicinity or presence of Yama; अन्योन्यामन्त्रणं यत्स्याज्जनान्ते तज्जनान्तिकम् S. D.; यां तु कुमारस्यान्ते वाचमभाषथास्तां मे ब्रूहि Śat. Br. (These four senses are allied). -5 End, conclusion, termination (opp. आरम्भ or आदि); सेकान्ते R.1.51; दिनान्ते निहितम् R.4.1; मासान्ते, पक्षान्ते, दशाहान्ते &c.; एकस्य दुःखस्य न यावदन्तं गच्छाम्यहं पारमिवार्णवस्य Pt.2.175; व्यसनानि दुरन्तानि Ms.7.45; दशान्तमुपेयिवान् R.12.1 going to the end of the period of life (end of the wick); व्यसनं वर्धयत्येव तस्यान्तं नाधिगच्छति Pt.2.18; oft. in comp. in this sense, and meaning 'ending in or with', 'ceasing to exist with', 'reaching to the end'; तदन्तं तस्य जीवितम् H.1.91 ends in it; कलहान्तानि हर्म्याणि कुवाक्यान्तं च सौहृदम् । कुराजान्तानि राष्ट्राणि कुकर्मान्तं यशो नृणाम् ॥ Pt.5.76; विशाखान्ता गता मेघा प्रसूत्यन्तं च यौवनम् । प्रणामान्तः सतां कोपो याचनान्तंहि गौरवम् ॥ Subhā. फलोदयान्ताय तपःसमाधये Ku.5.6 ending with (lasting till) the attainment of fruit; यौवनान्तं वयो यस्मिन् Ku.6.44; R.11.62,14.41; विपदन्ता ह्यविनीतसंपदः Ki.2.52; युगसहस्रान्तं ब्राह्मं पुण्यमहर्विदुः Ms.1.73 at the end of 1 Yugas; प्राणान्तं दण़्डम् Ms.8.359 capital punishment (such as would put an end to life). -6 Death, destruction; end or close of life; धरा गच्छत्यन्तं Bh.3.71 goes down to destruction; योगेनान्ते तनुत्यजाम् R.1.8; एका भवेत्स्वस्तिमती त्वदन्ते 2.48;12.75; ममाप्यन्ते Ś.6; अद्य कान्तः कृतान्तो वा दुःखस्यान्तं करिष्यति Udb.; औषध्यः फलपाकान्ताः Ms.1.46; अन्तं या To be destroyed, perish, be ruined. -7 (In gram.) A final syllable or letter of a word; अजन्त ending in a vowel; so हलन्त, सुबन्त, तिडन्त &c. -8 The last word in a compound. -9 Ascertainment, or settlement (of a question); definite or final settlement; pause, final determination, as in सिद्धान्त; न चैव रावणस्यान्तो दृश्यते जीवितक्षये Rām.6.17.58 उभयोरपि दृष्टोन्तस्त्वनयोस्तत्त्वदर्शिभिः Bg.2.16 (सदसतोः इत्यर्थः). -1 The last portion or the remainder (n. also); निशान्तः; वेदान्तः &c. वेदांश्चैव तु वेदाङ्गान् वेदान्तानि तथा स्मृतीः । अधीत्य ब्राह्मणः पूर्वं शक्तितो$न्यांश्च संपठेत् ॥ Bṛihadyogi- yājñavalkya Smṛiti 12.34. -11 Underneath, inside, inner part; युष्मदीयं च जलान्ते गृहम् Pt.4 in water, underneath water; सुप्रयुक्तस्य दम्भस्य ब्रह्माप्यन्तं न गच्छति Pt.1.22 does not penetrate or dive into, sound, fathom; आशङ्कितस्यान्तं गच्छामि M.3 shall dive deep into, fully satisfy, my doubts. -12 Total amount, whole number or quantity. -13 A large number. -14 Nature, condition; sort, species; मम मोक्षस्य को$न्तो वै ब्रह्मन्ध्यायस्व वै प्रभो Mb.12.282.32. एतदन्तास्तु गतयो ब्रह्माद्याः समुदाहृताः Ms.1.5. -15 Disposition; essence; शुद्धान्तः -16 Division (विभाग); ते$नया कात्यायन्या$न्तं करवाणीति Bri. Up.2.4.1. [cf. Goth. andeis, and; Germ. ende and ent; also Gr. anti; L. ante]. cf. अन्तस्तु भागे$- वसिते रचनायां च तत्परे । मृतौ निषेवणे रम्ये समाप्तावग्रमध्ययोः ॥ स्वरूपे च समीपे च पुंलिङ्गे$पि प्रकीर्तितः । Nm. -Comp. -अवशा- यिन् m. [अन्ते पर्यन्तदेशे अवशेते] a chāṇḍāla. -अवसायिन् [नखकेशानामन्तं अवसातुं छेत्तुं शीलमस्य, सो-णिनि] 1 a barber. -2 a chāṇḍāla, low caste. -3 N. of a sage, see अन्त्याव- सायिन् (अन्ते पश्चिमे वयसि अवस्यति तत्त्वं निश्चिनोति). -उदात्त a. having the acute accent on the last syllable. (-त्तः) the acute accent on the last syllable; P.VI,1.199. -ओष्ठः The lower lip (अधरोष्ठ); रुधिरं न व्यतिक्रामदन्तोष्ठादम्ब मा शुचः Mb.11.15.16. -कर, -करण,-कारिन् a. causing death or destruction, fatal, mortal, destructive; क्षत्रिया- न्तकरणो$पि विक्रमः R.11.75 causing the destruction of; राज्यान्तकरणावेतौ द्वौ दोषौ पृथिवीक्षिताम् Ms.9.221; अहमन्तकरो नूनं ध्वान्तस्येव दिवाकरः Bk. -कर्मन् n. death, destruction; षो अन्तकर्मणि Dhātupāṭha. -कालः, -वेला time or hour of death; स्थित्वा स्यामन्तकाले$पि ब्रह्मनिर्वाणमृच्छति Bg.2.72. -कृत् m. death; वर्जयेदन्तकृन्मर्त्यं वर्जयेदनिलो$नलम् Rām. -कृद्दशाः N. of the eighth of the twelve sacred Aṅga texts of the Jainas (containing ten chapters). -ग a. having gone to the end of, thoroughly conversant or familiar with, (in comp.); शाखान्तगमथाध्वर्युम् Ms.3.145. -गति, -गामिन् a. perishing. प्राप्तो$न्तगामी विपरीतबुद्धिः Rām.6.59.94. -गमनम् 1 going to the end, finishing, completing; प्रारब्धस्य ˚नं द्वितीयं बुद्धिलक्षणम् -2 death, perishing, dying. -चक्रम् Reading of omens and augury; Kau. A. -चर a. 1 walking about, going to the borders or frontiers. -2 completing or finishing (as a business &c.). -ज a. last born. -दीपकम् a figure of speech (in Rhetoric). -परिच्छदः a. cover, covering utensil. राजतान्तपरिच्छदां दिव्यपायससंपूर्णां पात्रीम् Rām.1.16.14. -पालः 1 a frontier-guard, guarding the frontiers; विनीतैरन्तपालैश्च रक्षोभिश्च सुरक्षितम् Rām.5.6.9. ˚दुर्गे M.1; त्वदीयेनान्तपाले- नावस्कन्द्य गृहीतः ibid. -2 a door-keeper (rare). सुद्युम्न- स्त्वन्तपालेभ्यः श्रुत्वा लिखितमागतम् Mb.12.23.29. -भव, -भाज् a. being at the end, last. -लीन a. hidden, con- cealed. -लोपः dropping of the final of a word. (न्ते˚) -वासिन् a. dwelling near the frontiers, dwelling close by. -m. [अन्ते गुरुसमीपे वस्तुं शीलं यस्य] 1 a pupil (who always dwells near his master to receive instruction); P.IV.3.14;VI.2.36.; Ms.4.33. -2 a chāṇḍāla (who dwells at the extremity of a village). -वेला = ˚कालः q. v. -व्यापत्तिः f. change of the final syllable, as in मेघ from मिह् Nir. -शय्या 1 a bed on the ground. -2 the last bed, death-bed; hence death itself. -3 a place for burial or burning. -4 a bier or funeral pile. -संश्लेषः union (सन्धि), joint; सुखदुःखान्तसंश्लेषम् (काल- चक्रम्) Mb.14.45.3. -सत्क्रिया last rites, funeral ceremonies, obsequies. -सढ् m. pupil; तमुपासते गुरुमिवा- न्तसदः Ki.6.34. -स्वरितः the svarita accent on the last syllable of a word.
anyonya अन्योन्य a. [अन्य-कर्मव्यतिहारे द्वित्वं, पूर्वपदे सुश्च] One another, each other, mutual (treated like a pronoun). In many cases the use of this word corresponds to the use of the word 'each other' or 'one another' in English; अन्योन्यं ताडयतः Mk.9 they strike each other (अन्यः अन्यं ताडयति). Thus अन्यः may be regarded as the subject and अन्यम् as the object of the verb, as in English. The second अन्य may, therefore, in many cases stand in the instr., gen., or loc. cases; अन्योन्यैराहताः सन्तः सस्वनुर्भीमनिःस्वनाः Rām.; अन्योन्यस्य व्यतिलुनन्ति P.I. 3.16 Sk. But there are several instances, especially when अन्योन्य enters into compound, in which the first अन्य loses all its nominative force and becomes a sort of oblique case, or an irregular compound of अन्य and अन्य, see P.VIII.1.12 Sk.; अन्योन्यस्याव्यभीचारः Ms. 9.11; oft. in comp. and translated by 'mutual', 'reciprocal', 'mutually'; ˚शोभाजननात् Ku.1.42; so ˚कलह, ˚दर्शन, &c. -न्यम् ind. Mutually. -न्यम् (In Rhet.) A figure of speech, the 'Reciprocal', in which two things do the same act to each other; अन्योन्यमुभयो- रेकक्रियायाः करणं मिथः । त्वया सा शोभते तन्वी तया त्वमपि शोभसे ॥ रजन्या शोभते चन्द्रश्चन्द्रेणापि निशीथिनी । S. D.724. -Comp. -अध्यासः reciprocal attribution of identity (अन्योन्य- तादात्म्यारोपः); जलव्योम्ना घटाकाशो यथा सर्वस्तिरोहितः । तथा जीवे च कूटस्थः सो$न्योन्याध्यास उच्यते ॥ -अपहृत a. taken from one another, taken secretly. -अभावः mutual non-existence or negation; one of the two main kinds of अभाव; it is reciprocal negation of identity, essence, or respective peculiarity, and is equivalent to difference (भेद); तादात्म्यसंबन्धावच्छिन्नप्रतियोगिको$न्योन्याभावः, as घटः पटो न भवति; it exists between two notions which have no property in common. -आश्रय a. mutually dependent. (-यः) mutual or reciprocal dependence, support, or connection; reciprocal relation of cause and effect (a term in Nyāya). -उक्तिः f. conversation. -कार्यम् Sexual intercourse (मैथुन); अन्योन्यकार्याणि यथा तथैव न पापमात्रेण कृतं हिनस्ति Mb.12.141.7. -पक्षनयनम् transposition of numbers from one side to another. -भेदः mutual dissension or enmity; so ˚कलह. -मिथुनम् mutual union. -विभागः mutual partition of an inheritance made by the sharers (without the presence of any other party). -वृत्तिः f. mutual effect of one thing upon another. -व्यतिकरः, -संश्रयः reciprocal action or influence; mutual relation of cause and effect.
anyāyya अन्याय्य a. 1 Unjust, unlawful. अन्याय्यः परदारपृच्छा- व्यवहारः Ś.5. -2 Improper, unbecoming, indecorous. -3 Not authoritative.
apūrva अपूर्व a. 1 Not preceded, not having existed before, like of which did not exist before, quite new; ˚र्वं नाटकम् Ś.1; ˚र्वं राजकुलम् M.5; K.191; -2 Strange, extraordinary, wonderful; अपूर्वः को$पि बहुमानहेतुर्गुरुषु U.4; अपूर्वो दृश्यते वह्निः कामिन्याः स्तनमण्डले । दूरतो दहतीवाङ्गं हृदि लग्नस्तु शीतलः ॥ Ś. Til.17; singular, unexampled, unprecedented; अपूर्व एष विरहमार्गः Ś.6; अपूर्वरूपा दारिका M.1; अतो$- पूर्वः खलु वो $ नुग्रहः Ś.7; अपूर्वकर्मचाण्डालमयि मुग्धे विमुञ्च माम् U.1.46 committing an unparalleled atrocity. -3 Unknown, unacquainted, stranger; अपूर्वो$प्यथवा विद्वान् यMb.13.22.8; विदिते$प्यपूर्व इव Ki.6.39. -4 Not first. -5 Preceded by अ or आ. -6 (In phil.) 'That unseen virtue which is a relation superinduced, not before possessed, unseen but efficacious to connect the consequence with its past and remote cause and to bring about at a distant period or in another world the relative effect. -Colebrooke. -र्वम् 1 The remote consequence of an act (as the acquisition of heaven which is the result of good deeds), (Mīmāṁsā). --2 Virtue and vice (पापपुण्यम्) as the eventual cause of future happiness or misery. -र्वः The Supreme Soul (परब्रह्म). -Comp. -कर्मन् n. religious rites the power of which on the future is not seen before. -पतिः f. one who has had no husband before, a virgin; ˚तिः कुमारी Sk. -वादः discussion or talk about the Supreme Soul. -विधिः an authoritative direction or injunction which is quite new; it is of four kinds; कर्मविधि, गूणविधि, विनियोगविधि and प्रयोगविधि.
apratibandha अप्रतिबन्ध a. 1 Unimpeded, unobstructed. -2 Direct, undisputed; (in law) got by birth without any obstruction, not collateral (as inheritance).
aprāmāṇika अप्रामाणिक a. (-की f.) 1 Unauthoritative, unwarranted; इदं वचनमप्रामाणिकम्. -2 Untrustworthy, unreliable.
abhāga अभाग a. 1 Without a share (of inheritance). Rv. 1.83.5. -2 Undivided.
āpta आप्त p. p. [आप्-क्त] 1 Got, obtained, gained; ˚कामः, शापः &c. -2 Reached, overtaken, equalled, engrossed; यदिदं सर्वं मृत्युनाप्तं सर्वं मृत्युनाभिपन्नं केन यजमानो मृत्योराप्तिमतिमुच्यते Bṛi. Up.3.1.3. -3 Reaching to, extending as far as. -4 Trustworthy, reliable, credible (as news &c.). -5 Trusty, confidential, faithful (person); कुमारभृत्याकुशलैरनुष्ठिते भिषग्भिराप्तैः R.3.12;5.39; आप्ताः सर्वेषु वर्णेषु Ms.8.63. -6 (a) Clever, skilful; प्राजकश्चेद्भवेदाप्तः Ms.8.294. (b) Apt, fit. -7 Full, complete, abundant; न सत्यं दानमानौ वा यज्ञो वाप्याप्तदक्षिणः Rām.2.3.35. यजेत राजा क्रतुभिर्विविधैराप्त- दक्षिणैः Ms.7.79. -8 True, exact. -9 Intimate, closely related, acquainted; कन्यायाः किल पूजयन्ति पितरो जामातुराप्तं जनम् U.4.17 relatives; Ms.5.11. -1 Appointed. -11 Generally received, commonly used; authentic. -12 Accused, prosecuted. -13 Reasonable, sensible. -14 Beneficial, useful; अधिष्ठितं हयज्ञेन सूतेनाप्तोपदेशिना Rām.6.9.1. -प्तः 1 A trustworthy, reliable, or fit person; credible person or source, guarantee; आप्तः यथार्थवक्ता T. S. -2 A relative, friend; निग्रहात्स्वसुराप्तानां वधाच्च धनदानुजः R.12.52; कथमाप्तवर्गो$यं भवत्याः M.5; Y.1.28, 2.71; Ms.2.19;8.64. -3 An Arhat. -प्ता A twisted lock of hair (जटा). -प्तम् 1 A quotient. -2 (In Math.) Equation of a degree. -Comp. -आगमः Proper knowledge परोक्षमाप्तागमात् सिद्धम् Sāṅ. K.6. -आधीन a. Dependent on trustworthy person. -उक्तिः f. 1 an augment. -2 an affix. -3 a word of received acceptation and established by usage only; see आप्तवाच् also. -काम a. 1 one who has obtained his desire; येनाक्रमन्त्यृषयो ह्याप्रकामाः Muṇḍa.3.1.6. -2 one who has renounced all worldly desires and attachments. (-मः) the Supreme Soul. -कारिन् a. doing things in a fit or confidential manner; अरक्षिता गृहे रुद्धाः पुरुषैराप्तकारिभिः Ms.9.12. m. a trusty, agent or confidential servant; तस्माद्गच्छन्तु पुरुषाः स्मारणायाप्तकारिणः Mb.3.239.17. -गर्भा a pregnant woman. -दक्षिण a. having proper or abundant gifts. -वचनम् 1 received text or authority, revelation. -2 the words of a credible or trustworthy person; R.11.42, इत्याप्तवचनाद्रामो विनेष्यन्वर्णविक्रियाम् 15.48. -वाक्यम् a true or correct sentence; आप्तवाक्यं शब्दः T. S. -वचनम् above. cf. आप्तश्रुतिराप्तवचनम् तु Sāṅ. K.5. -वाच् a. worthy of belief, regarded as authority, one whose words are credible and authoritative; पराति- संधानमधीयते यैर्विद्येति ते सन्तु किलाप्तवाचः Ś.5.25. f. 1 the advice of a friend or credible person. -2 the Vedas or Śruti; a word of authority (said to apply to Smṛitis, Ithihāsas and Purāṇas also, which are considered as authoritative evidence); आप्तवागनुमानाभ्यां साध्यं त्वा प्रति का कथा R.1.28. -श्रुतिः f. 1 the Vedas. -2 Smṛitis &c. आप्तश्रुतिराप्तवचनम् तु । Sāṅ. K.5.
āptyaḥ आप्त्यः Ved. N. of a class of deities, especially of the deity Trita as belonging to that class.
āśu आशु a. [अश्-व्याप्तौ उण्] Fast, quick -शुः Ved. 1 'The quick one', a horse. -2 Rice (ripening quickly in the rainy season). -शु ind. Fast, quickly, immediately, directly; Bg.2.65; वर्त्म भानोस्त्यजाशु Me.41,22. [cf. L. acu; Gr. okus.] -Comp. -आपस् a. obtaining quickly. -कारिन्, -कृत् a. 1 doing anything quickly, smart, active. -2 operating quickly (as a medicine). -कोपिन् a. irascible, irritable. -क्रिया quick operation of a medicine. -ग a. swift, quick. (-गः) 1 the wind. -2 the sun. -3 an arrow; पपावनास्वादितपूर्वमा- शुगः R.3.54,11.83,12.91 -गामिन् a. going quickly. m. the sun. -तोष a. easily appeased or pleased. (--षः) an epithet of Śiva. -पत्री a tree which yields frankincense (शल्लकीलता). -पत्वन् a. flying quickly. -फलः A kind of weapon. -बोध a. teaching quickly, N. of a treatise of grammar. -या a. going quickly. -ind. quickly. -व्रीहिः rice ripening in the rainy season. -षेण a. Ved. having swift arrows. नम आशुषेणाय चाशुरथाय च Rudra. -संधेय a. Easy to be joined together or reconciled. -हेमन् a. running on quickly, urging the horses. -हेषस् a. Ved. quickly neighing; having quick horses, quickly praised; (शीघ्रशब्दायमान) N. of the Aśvins.
indraḥ इन्द्रः [इन्द्-रन्; इन्दतीति इन्द्रः; इदि ऐश्वर्ये Malli.] 1 The lord of gods. -2 The god of rain, rain; cloud; इन्द्रो वरुणः सोमो रुद्रः । शं न इन्द्रो बृहस्पतिः Tait. Vp.1.1.1. Bṛi. Up.1.4.11. -3 A lord or ruler (as of men &c.). इन्द्रो- मायाभिः पुरुरूप ईयते Bṛi. Up.2.5.19. first or best (of any class of objects), always as the last member of comp.; नरेन्द्रः a lord of men i. e. a king; so मृगेन्द्रः a lion; गजेन्द्रः the lord or chief of elephants; so योगीन्द्रः, कपीन्द्रः. -4 A prince, king. -5 The pupil of the right eye. -6 N. of the plant कुटज. -7 Night. -8 One of the divisions of भारतवर्ष. -9 N. of the 26th Yoga. -1 The human or animal soul. -11 A vegetable poison. -12 The Yoga star in the 26th Nakṣatra. -13 Greatness. -14 The five objects of senses. -द्रा 1 The wife of Indra, Indrāṇī. -2 N. of a plant (मरुबक Mar. मरवा) [Indra, the god of the firmament, is the Jupiter Pluvius of the Indian Āryans. In the Vedas he is placed in the first rank among the gods; yet he is not regarded as an uncreated being, being distinctly spoken of in various passages of the Vedas as being born, and as having a father and a mother. He is sometimes represented as having been produced by the gods as a destroyer of enemies, as the son of Ekāṣṭakā, and in Rv.1.9.13 he is said to have sprung from the mouth of Puruṣa. He is of a ruddy or golden colour, and can assume any form at will. He rides in a bright golden chariot drawn by two tawny horses. His most famous weapon is the thunderbolt which he uses with deadly effect in his warfare with the demons of darkness, drought and inclement weather, variously called Ahi, Vṛitra, Śambar, Namuchi &c. He storms and breaks through their castles, and sends down fertilizing showers of rain to the great delight of his worshippers. He is thus the lord of the atmosphere, the dispenser of rain, and governor of the weather. He is represented as being assisted by the Maruts or storm-gods in his warfare. Besides the thunderbolt he uses arrows, a large hook, and a net. The Soma juice is his most favourite food, and under its exhilarating influence he performs great achievements (cf. Rv.1.119), and pleases his devout worshippers, who are said to invite the god to drink the juice. He is their friend and even their brother; a father, and the most fatherly of fathers; the helper of the poor, and the deliverer and comforter of his servants. He is a wall of defence; his friend is never slain or defeated. He richly rewards his adorers, particularly those who bring him libations of Soma, and he is supplicated for all sorts of temporal blessings as cows, horses, chariots, health, intelligence, prosperous days, long life, and victory in war. In the Vedas Indra's wife is Indrānī, who is invoked among the goddesses. Such is the Vedic conception of Indra. But in later mythology he falls in the second rank. He is said to be one of the sons of Kaśyapa and Dākṣāyaṇī or Aditi. He is inferior to the triad Brahmā, Viṣṇu and Maheśa (though in some places Viṣṇu is regarded as his younger brother, cf. R.14.59,15.4), but he is the chief of all the other gods, and is commonly styled Sureśa, Devendra &c. As in the Vedas so in later mythology, he is the regent of the atmosphere, and of the east quarter, and his world is called Svarga. He sends the lightning, uses the thunderbolt and sends down rain. He is frequently at war with Asuras, whom he constantly dreads, and by whom he is sometimes defeated. The Indra of mythology is famous for his incontinence and adultery, one prominent instance of which is his seduction of Ahalyā, the wife of Gautama (see Ahalyā), and for which he is often spoken of as Ahalyā-jāra. The curse of the sage impressed upon him a 1 marks resembling the female organ, and he was therefore called Sayoni; but these marks were afterwards changed into eyes, and he is hence called Netra-yoni and Sahasrākṣa. In the Rāmāyana Indra is represented as having been defeated and carried off to Laṅkā by Ravaṇa's son called Meghanāda, who for this exploit received the title of 'Indrajit'. It was only at the intercession of Brahmā and the gods that Indra was released, and this humiliation was regarded as a punishment for his seduction of Ahalyā. He is also represented as being in constant dread of sages practising potent penances, and as sending down nymphs to beguile their minds (see Apsaras). In the Purāṇas he is said to have destroyed the offspring of Diti in her womb, and to have cut off the wings of mountains when they grew troublesome. Other stories are also told in which Indra was once worsted by Raja, grandson of Purūravas, owing to the curse of Durvāsas, and other accounts show that he and Kṛiṣna were at war with each other for the Pārijāta tree which the latter wanted to remove from Svarga, and which he succeeded in doing in spite of Indra's resistance. His wife is Indrāṇī, the daughter of the demon Puloman, and his son is named Jayanta. He is also said to be father of Arjuna. His epithets are numerous; mostly descriptive of his achievements, e. g. वृत्रहन्, बलभिद्, पाकशासन, गोत्रभिद्, पुरंदर, शतक्रतु, जिष्णु, नमुचिसूदन &c. (see Ak.I.1.44.47). The Heaven of Indra is Svarga; its capital, Amarāvatī; his garden, Nandana; his elephant, Airāvata; his horse, Uchchaiśravas; his bow, the rain-bow, and his sword, Paranja.]. -Comp. -अग्निः the fire produced from the contact of clouds; ˚धूमः frost, snow; ˚देवता the 16th lunar mansion. -अनुजः, -अवरजः an epithet of Viṣṇu and of Nārāyaṇa (उपेन्द्र); तस्थौ भ्रातृसमीपस्थः शक्रस्येन्द्रानुजो यथा Rām.6.91.4. -अरिः an Asura or demon. -अवसानः a desert. -अशनः 1 hemp (dried and chewed). -2 the shrub which bears the seed used in jeweller's weight, (गुंजावृक्ष). -आयुधम् Indra's weapon, the rainbow; इन्द्रा- युधद्योतिततोरणाङ्कम् R.7.4,12.79; K.127. (-ध) 1 N. of the horse in Kādambarī (i. e. Kapiñjala changed into a horse). -2 a horse marked with black about the eyes. -3 a diamond. (-धा) a kind of leech. -आसनम् 1 the throne of Indra. -2 a throne in general. -3 a foot of five short syllables. -इज्यः N. of बृहस्पति the preceptor of gods. -ईश्वरः one of the forms of Śiva-liṅga. -उत्सवः a festival honouring Indra. -ऋषभ a. having Indra as a bull, or impregnated by Indra, an epithet of the earth. इन्द्रऋषभा द्रविणे नो दधातु Av.12.1.6. -कर्मन् m. an epithet of Viṣṇu (performing Indra's deeds). -कान्तः A class of the four-storeyed buildings. (Mānasāra 21.6-68). -कीलः 1 N. of the mountain मन्दर. -2 a rock. (-लम्) 1 the banner of Indra. -2 A pin, nail, bolt फालका भाजनोर्ध्वे तु तदूर्ध्वे चेन्द्रकीलकम् (Mānasāra 12.126). cf. also Kau. A.2.3. -कुञ्जरः Indra's elephant, Airāvata. -कूटः N. of a mountain -कृष्ट a. 'ploughed by Indra', growing exuberantly or in a wild state. (-ष्टः) a kind of corn produced by rain-water. -केतुः Indra's banner. -कोशः, -षः, -षकः, -ष्ठः 1 a couch, sofa, which is generally made up of covering pieces of perforated wooden planks; cf. अट्टालक- प्रतोलीमध्ये त्रिधानुष्काधिष्ठानं-इन्द्रकोशं कारयेत् Kau. A.2.3. -2 a platform. -3 a projection of the roof of a house. -4 A pin or bracket projecting from the wall (नागदन्त). A projection of the roof of a house forming a kind of balcony; Kau. A.24. -गिरिः the महेन्द्र mountain. -गुरुः, -आचार्यः the teacher of Indra; i. e. बृहस्पति. -गोपः, -गोपकः [इन्द्रो गोपो रक्षको$स्य, वर्षाभवत्वात्तस्य] a kind of insect of red or white colour; Śukra.4.157; K.1. -चन्दनम् the white sandal wood. -चापम्, -धनुस् n. 1 a rainbow; विद्युत्वन्तं ललितवनिताः सेन्द्रचापं सचित्राः Me.64; Śi.7.4. -2 the bow of Indra -चिर्भटा A mild variety of Colocynth. The leaf is tripartite, rough and wrinkled. (Mar. कंवडळ, applied often as इन्द्रावण in the sense of vile, malignant, dark and hateful.) -च्छदः A necklace of pearls having 18 strings. -च्छन्दस् n. [इन्द्र इव सहस्रनेत्रेण सहस्रगुच्छेन च्छाद्यते] a necklace consisting of 1 strings. -जः N. of Vālī. -जतु n. Bitumen (Mar. शिलाजित). -जननम् Indra's birth. -जननीय a. treating of Indra's birth (as a work). -जा a. Ved. born or arising from Indra. Av.4.3.7. -जालम् [इन्द्रस्य परमेश्वरस्य जालं मायेव] 1 the net of Indra. तेनाह- मिन्द्रजालेनामूंस्तमसाभि दधामि सर्वान् Av.8.8.8. -2 a weapon used by Arjuna; a stratagem or trick in war. -3 deception, cheating. -4 conjuring, jugglery, magical tricks; इन्द्रजालं च मायां वै कुहका वा$पि भीषणा Mb.5.16.55. स्वप्नेन्द्रजालसदृशः खलु जीवलोकः Śānti.2.2; K.15. -जालिक a. [इन्द्रजाल-ठन्] deceptive, unreal, delusive. (-कः) a juggler, conjurer. -जित् m. 'conqueror of Indra', N. of a son of Rāvaṇa who was killed by Lakṣmaṇa. [Indrajit is another name of Meghanāda a son of Rāvaṇa. When Rāvaṇa warred against Indra in his own heaven, his son Meghanāda was with him, and fought most valiantly. During the combat, Meghanāda, by virtue of the magical power of becoming invisible which he had obtained from Śiva, bound Indra, and bore him off in triumph to Laṅkā. Brahmā and the other gods hurried thither to obtain his release, and gave to Meghanāda the title of Indrajit, 'conqueror of Indra'; but the victor refused to release his prisoners unless he were promised immortality. Brahmā refused to grant this extravagant demand, but he strenuously persisted, and achieved his object. In the Rāmāyaṇa he is represented to have been decapitated by Lakṣmaṇa while he was engaged in a sacrifice]. ˚हन्तृ or विजयिन् m. N. of Lakṣmaṇa. -ज्येष्ठ a. Ved. led by Indra. -तापनः the thundering of clouds. -तूलम्, -तूलकम् a flock of cotton. -दमनः the son of Bāṇāsura. -दारुः the tree Pinus Devadāru. -द्युति Sandal -द्रुः, -द्रुमः 1 the plant Terminalia Arjuna (अर्जुन). -2 The plant कुटज. -द्वीपः, -पम् one of the 9 Dvīpas or Divisions of the continent (of India). -धनुः N. of Indra's bow, the rainbow; स एकव्रा- त्यो$भवत्स धनुरादत्त तदेवेन्द्रधनुः Av.15.1.6. -ध्वजः 1 a flag raised on the 12th day of the bright half of Bhādra. -2 Indra's weapon; विस्रस्ताकल्पकेशस्रगिन्द्रध्वज इवापतत् Bhāg.1.44.22. -नक्षत्रम् Indra's lunar mansion फल्गुनी. -नेत्रम् 1 the eye of Indra. -2 the number one thousand. -नीलः [इन्द्र इव नीलः श्यामः] a sapphire; परीक्षाप्रत्ययैर्यैश्च पद्मरागः परीक्ष्यते । त एव प्रत्यया दृष्टा इन्द्रनीलमणेरपि ॥ Garuḍa. P.; R.13.54;16.69; Me.48,79. -नीलकः an emerald. -पत्नी 1 Indra's wife, शची. -पर्णी, -पुष्पा N. of a medicinal plant (Mar. कळलावी). -पर्वतः 1 the महेन्द्र mountain. -2 a blue mountain. -पुत्रा N. of अदिति. -पुरोगम, -पुरःसर, -श्रेष्ठ a. led or preceded by Indra, having Indra at the head. -पुरोहितः N. of बृहस्पति. (-ता) the asterism Puṣya. -प्रमतिः N. of the pupil of Paila and the author of some ṛiks of the Rv. -प्रस्थम् N. of a city on the Yamunā, the residence of the Paṇḍavas (identified with the modern Delhi); इन्द्रप्रस्थगमस्तावत्कारि मा सन्तु चेदयः Śi.2.63. -प्रहरणम् Indra's weapon, the thunderbolt. -भगिनी N. of Pārvatī. -भेषजम् dried ginger. -मखः a sacrifice in honour of Indra. -महः 1 a festival in honour of Indra. -2 the rainy season; ˚कामुकः a dog. -मादन a. animating or delighting Indra; ये वायव इन्द्रमादनासः Rv.7.92.4. -मेदिन् a. Ved. whose friend or ally is Indra; इन्द्रमेदी सत्वनो नि ह्वयस्व Av.5.2-.8. -यज्ञः (See इन्द्रमह and इन्द्रमख) श्वो$स्माकं घोषस्योचित इन्द्रयज्ञो नामोत्सवः भविष्यति Bālacharita I. -यवः, -वम् seed of the Kutaja tree. -लुप्तः, -प्तम्, -लुप्तकम् 1 excessive baldness of the head. -2 loss of beard. -लोकः Indra's world, Svarga or Paradise. -लोकेशः 1 lord of Indra's world, i. e. Indra. -2 a guest (who, if hospitably received, confers paradise on his host). -वंशा, -वज्रा N. of two metres, see Appendix. -वल्लरी, -वल्ली N. of a plant (पारिजात) or of इन्द्रवारुणी. -वस्तिः [इन्द्रस्य आत्मनः वस्तिरिव] the calf (of the leg). -वाततम a. Ved. desired by Indra. अस्मे ऊतीरिन्द्रवाततमाः Rv.1.6.6. -वानकम् A variety of diamonds. Kau. A.2.11. -वायू (du.) Indra and Vāyu. इन्द्रवायू उभाविह सुहवेह हवामहे Av.3.2.6. -वारुणी, -वारुणिका Colocynth, a wild bitter gourd cucumis colocynthis. (Mar. मोठी कंवडळ) किमिन्द्रवारुणी राम सितया कटुकीयते Laghu Yoga-vāsiṣṭha-sāra X. सौवर्चलं हरिद्रा च पिप्पली चेन्द्रवारुणिः । मूत्र- कृच्छ्रे प्रशंसन्ति पिण्डो$यं वाजिनां हितः ॥ शालिहोत्र of भोज 33. -वाह् a. carrying Indra. -वृक्षः the Devadāru tree. -वृद्धा a kind of abscess. -वैडूर्यम् a kind of precious stone. -व्रतम् Indra's rule of conduct; one of the duties of a king (who is said to follow इन्द्रव्रत when he distributes benefits as Indra pours down rain); वार्षिकांश्चतुरो मासान् यथेन्द्रो$प्यभिवर्षति । तथाभिवर्षेत्स्वं राष्ट्रं कामैरिन्द्रव्रतं चरन् ॥ Ms.9.34. -शक्तिः f. Indrāṇī, the wife of Indra, or his energy personified. -शत्रुः 1 an enemy or destroyer of Indra (when the accent is on the last syllable), an epithet of प्रह्लाद; इन्द्रशत्रो विवर्धस्व मा चिरं जहि विद्विषम् Bhāg.6.9.12. बलिप्रदिष्टां श्रियमाददानं त्रैविक्रमं पादमिवेन्द्रशत्रुः R.7.35. -2 [इन्द्रः शत्रुः यस्य] one whose enemy is Indra, an epithet of वृत्र (when the accent is on the first syllable). (This refers to a legend in the Śat. Br., where it is said that Vṛitra's father intended his son to become the destroyer of Indra, and asked him to say इन्द्रशत्रुर्वधस्व &c. but who, through mistake, accented the word on the first syllable, and was killed by Indra; cf. Śik.52; मन्त्रो हीनः स्वरतो वर्णतो वा मिथ्याप्रयुक्तो न तमर्थमाह । स वाग्वज्रो यजमानं हिनस्ति यथेन्द्रशत्रुः स्वरतो$पराधात् ॥ -शलभः a kind of insect (इन्द्रगोप). -संजयम् N. of a sāman. Arṣeya Br. -संधा connection or alliance with Indra. तयाहमिन्द्रसंधया सर्वान् देवानिह हुव Av.11.1.9. -सारथिः 1 N. of Mātali. -2 an epithet of Vāyu, driving in the same carriage with Indra; Rv.4.46.2. -सावर्णिः N. of the fourteenth Manu. -सुतः, -सूनुः 1 N. of (a) Jayanta; (b) Arjuna; (c) Vāli, the king of monkeys. -2 N. of the अर्जुन tree. -सुरसः, -सुरा a shrub the leaves of which are used in discutient applications (निर्गुंडी). -सेनः N. of several men; of Bali; of a mountain; Bhāg.8.2.23. -सेना 1 Indra's missile or host. -2 Indra's army; Rv.1.12.2. -सेनानीः the leader of Indra's armies, epithet of Kārtikeya. -स्तुत् m. -स्तोमः 1 praise of Indra; N. of a particular hymn addressed to Indra in certain ceremonies. -2 a sacrifice in honour of Indra. -हवः invocation of Indra; भद्रान् कृण्वन्निन्द्रहवान्त्सखिभ्य Rv.9.96.1. -हस्तः a kind of medicament.
iṣṭakā इष्टका N. of a deity (Nārāyaṇa Up.8). इष्टापूर्तम् iṣṭāpūrtam इष्टापूर्तिः iṣṭāpūrtiḥ इष्टापूर्तम् इष्टापूर्तिः f. [इष्टं च पूर्तं च तयोः समाहारः पूर्वपददीर्घत्वम्] Performance of pious or charitable deeds; performing sacrifices, and digging wells and doing other acts of charity; इष्टापूर्तविधेः सपत्नशमनात् Mv.3.1; cf. also इष्टापूर्ते पुत्रपशूंश्च सर्वान् Kaṭh.1.8. वापीकूपतडागादिदेवतायतनानि च । अन्नप्रदानमारामाः पूर्तमर्थ्याः प्रचक्षते ॥ एकाग्निकर्महवनं त्रेतायां यच्च हूयते । अन्तर्वेद्यां च यद्दानमिष्टं तदभिधीयते ॥
ucchvāsaḥ उच्छ्वासः 1 Breath, exhalation, breathing out; मुखोच्छ्वासगन्धम् V.4.22; Ṛs.1.3; Me.14. -2 Support of life, being alive; तदद्याप्युच्छ्वासो भवति U.3.3; R.158. -3 A sigh. -4 Consolation, encouragement; Amaru.13. -5 Expiring, dying. -6 An air-hole. -7 A division or chapter of a book, as of the Harṣa-charita; cf. अध्याय. -8 Froth, foam; सिन्धोरुच्छ्वासे पतयन्तमुक्षणम् Rv.9.86.43. -9 Swelling up, rising, increasing.
ujjāgara उज्जागर a. Excited, irritated.
uta उत ind. 1 A particle expressing (a) doubt, uncertainty, guess (or); तत्किमयमातपदोषः स्यादुत यथा मे मनसि वर्तते Ś.3; स्थाणुरयमुत पुरुषः G. M. वीरो रसः किमयमित्युत दर्प एषः Veeracharitam. (b) alternative; usually a correlative of किं (whether, or); किमिदं गुरुभिरुपदिष्टमुत धर्मशास्त्रेषु पठितमुत मोक्षप्राप्तियुक्तिरियम् K.155; किं येन सृजसि व्यक्तमुत येन बिभर्षि तत् Ku.6.23; the place of उत is also taken by आहो or आहोस्वित्; sometimes आहो, आहोस्वित् or स्वित् are joined to उत. (c) association, connection, (having a cumulative force, 'and', 'also'); उत बलवानुताबलः; (d) interrogation; उत दण्डः पतिष्यति; (e) deliberation; (f) intensity; (g) wishing (especially at the beginning of a sentence followed by a potential 'would that'); (h) sometimes used as an expletive; (i) oft. used for the sake of emphasis especially at the end of a line after इति or a verb; तदा विद्याद्विवृद्धं सत्त्वमित्युत Bg.14.11; धर्मे नष्टे कुलं कृत्स्नमधर्मो$भिभवत्युत 1.4. -2 With a preceding प्रति = on the contrary, on the other hand; but; सामवादाः सकोपस्य तस्य प्रत्युत दीपकाः Śi.2.55; न केवलं ध्रियते प्रत्युत पर्युपास्यमानस्तिष्ठति Nāg.5. -3 With a preceding किं = how much more or how much less; see किम्. उत, -उत Either-or; एकमेव वरं पुंसामुत राज्यमुताश्रमः G. M. उत वा or else, and; वा-उतवा, उताहोवा पि-वा either-or; -आहो, -आहोस्वित् Used for the sake of emphasis; उताहो हत- वीर्यास्ते बभूवुः पृथिवीक्षितः Rām.7.31.4. शालिहोत्रः किं नु स्याद् उताहोस्विद् राजा नलः.
uttara उत्तर a. [उद्-तरप्] 1 Being or produced in the north, northern (declined like a pronoun). -2 Upper, higher P.I.1.34 (opp. अधर); उत्तरे-अधरे दन्ताः Śat. Br.; अवनतोत्तरकायम् R.9.6; P.II.2.1. -3 (a) Later-latter, following, subsequent (opp. पूर्व); पूर्वमेघः, उत्तरमेघः, ˚मीमांसा; उत्तरार्धः &c. ˚रामचरितम् later adventures of Rāma U.1.2; पूर्वः उत्तरः former-latter H.1.9; एतानि मान्यस्थानानि गरीयो यद्यदुत्तरम् Ms.2.136. (b) Future; concluding; ˚कालः subsequent time; ˚फलम्; ˚वचनम् a reply. -4 Left (opp. दक्षिण). -5 Superior, chief, excellent; dominant, power- ful. आनयेङ्गुदिपिण्याकं चीरमाहर चोत्तरम् Rām.2.13.2; वाद्यमानेषु तूर्येषु मल्लतारोत्तरेषु च Bhāg.1.42.36. -6 Exceeding, transgressing, beyond; तर्कोत्तराम् Mv.2.6. -7 More, more than (generally as the last member of a comp. with numerals); षडुत्तरा विंशतिः 26; अष्टोत्तरं शतं 18; दशनागबलाः केचित् केचिद्दशगुणोत्तराः Rām.5.43.22. -8 Accompanied or attended with, full of, consisting chiefly of, followed by (at the end of comp.); राज्ञां तु चरितार्थता दुःखोत्तरैव Ś.5; चषकोत्तरा R.7.49; अस्रोत्तर- मीक्षिताम् Ku.5.61; उत्सवोत्तरो मङ्गलविधिः Dk.39,166; K.311; H.1.15; प्रवाल ˚पुष्पशय्ये R.6.5 over spread with; धर्मोत्तरम् 13.7 rich in; 18.7; कम्प ˚ 13.28;17.12; 19.23. -9 To be crossed over. -रः 1 Future time, futurity. -2 N. of Viṣṇu. -3 N. of Śiva. -रा 1 The north; अस्त्युत्तरस्यां दिशि देवतात्मा Ku.1.1. -2 A lunar mansion. -3 N. of the daughter of Virāṭa and wife of Abhimanyu. -4 N. of a plant (Mar. पिंपरी). -रम् 1 An answer, reply; प्रचक्रमे च प्रतिवक्तुमुत्तरम् R.3.47; उत्तरादुत्तरं वाक्यं वदतां संप्रजायते Pt.1.6; a reply is suggested to a reply वचस्तस्य सपदि क्रिया केवलमुत्तरम् Śi. -2 (In law) Defence, a rejoinder. -3 The last part or following member of a compound. -4 (In Mīm.) The fourth member of an अधिकरण q. v. the answer. -5 The upper surface or cover. -6 Conclusion. -7 Remainder, rest, what followed or took place next; शान्तमथवा किमिहोत्तरेण U.3.26. -8 Superiority, excellence. -9 Result, the chief or prevalent result or characteristic. -1 Excess, over and above; see above (उत्तर a. 8). -11 Remainder, difference (in arith.). -12 A rectangular moulding (Mānasāra 13.67.) -13 The next step, further action; उत्तरं चिन्तयामास वानरो मरुतात्मजः Rām.5.13.59. -14 A cover (आच्छादन); सूस्करं सोत्तरबन्धुरेषम् Mb.6.6.9. -रम् ind. 1 Above. -2 Afterwards, after; तत उत्तरम्, इत उत्तरम् &c. शापं तं ते$भिविज्ञाय कृतवन्तः किमुत्तरम् Mb.1.36.1. -Comp. -अगारम् An upper room, garet. -अधर a. higher and lower (fig. also). (-रौ du.) the upper and under lip, the two lips; पुनर्विवक्षुःस्फुरितोत्तराधरः Ku.5.83 (स्फुरण- भूयिष्ठो$धरो यस्य Malli.). -अधिकारः, -रिता, -त्वम् right to property, heirship, inheritance. -अधिकारिन् m. an heir or claimant (subsequent to the death of the original owner). -अपरा north-west. -अभिमुख a. Turned towards the north. -अयनम् (˚यणं. न being changed to ण) 1 the progress of the sun to the north (of the equator); अग्निर्ज्योतिरहः शुक्लः षण्मासा उत्तरायणम् Bg.8.24. cf. भानोर्मकरसंक्रान्तेः षण्मासा उत्तरायणम् । कर्कादेस्तु तथैव स्यात् षण्मासा दक्षिणायनम् ॥ -2 the period or time of the summer solstice. -अरणिः, -णी f. the upper अरणि (which by cutting becomes the प्रमन्थ or churner); दारुपात्राणि सर्वाणि अरणिं चोत्तरारणिम् (दत्त्वा) Rām.6.111.116. -अर्थ a. for the sake of what follows. -अर्धम् 1 the upper part of the body. -2 the northern part. -3 the latter half (opp. पूर्वार्ध). -4 the further end. -अर्ध्य a. being on the northern side. -अहः the following day. -आभासः a false reply, an indirect, evasive, or prevaricating reply. ˚ता, -त्वम् the semblance of a reply without reality. -आशा the northern direction. ˚अधिपतिः, -पतिः the regent of the northern direction, an epithet of Kubera. -आषाढा 1 the 21st lunar mansion consisting of three stars. -2 N. of bread-fruit or Jak tree (Mar. फणस). -आसङ्गः 1 an upper garment; कृतोत्तरासङ्गम् K.43; Śi.2.19; Ku.5.16. -2 contact with the north. -इतर a. other than उत्तर i. e. southern. (-रा) the southern direction. -उत्तर a. [उत्तरस्मादुत्तरः] 1 more and more, higher and higher, further and further. -2 successive, ever increasing; ˚स्नेहेन दृष्टः Pt. 1; Y.2.136. (-रम्) 1 a reply to an answer, reply on reply; अलमुत्तरोत्तरेण Mu.3. -2 conversation, a rejoinder. -3 excess, exceeding quantity or degree. -4 succession, gradation, sequence. -5 descending. (-रम्) ind. higher and higher, in constant continuation, more and more. उत्तरोत्तरमुत्कर्षः K. P.1; उत्तरोत्तरं वर्धते H.1. -उत्तरिन् a. 1 ever-increasing. -2 one following the other. -ओष्ठः the upper lip (उत्तरो-रौ-ष्ठः). Vārt. on P.VI.1.94. ओत्वोष्ठयोस्समासे वा -काण्डम् the seventh book of the Rāmāyaṇa. -कायः the upper part of the body; तं वाहनादवनतोत्तरकायमीषत् R.9.6. -कालः 1 future time. -2 time calculated from one full moon to another. -कुरु (m. pl.) one of the nine divisions of the world, the country of the northern Kurus (said to be a country of eternal beatitude). -कोसलाः (m. pl.) the northern Kosalas; पितुरनन्तरमुत्तरकोसलान् R.9.1. -कोशला the city of Ayodhyā; यदुपतेः क्व गता मथुरा पुरी रघुपतेः क्व गतोत्तरकोशला ॥ Udb. -क्रिया funeral rites, obsequies. -खण्डम् the last section of book. -खण्डनम् refutation. -गीता N. of a section of the sixth book of the Mahābhārata. -ग्रन्थः supplement to a work. -च्छदः a bed-covering, covering (in general); शय्योत्तरच्छदविमर्द- कृशाङ्गरागम् R.5.65,17.21; नागचर्मोत्तरच्छदः Mb. -ज a. born subsequently or afterwards; चतुर्दश प्रथमजः पुनात्युत्तरजश्च षट् Y.1.59. -ज्या the versed sine of an arc (Wilson); the second half of the chord halved by the versed sine (B. and R.). -ज्योतिषाः (m. pl.) the northern Jyotiṣas. -ततिः f. Ectype (lit. subequent proceedings) उत्तरस्यां ततौ तत्प्रकृतित्वात् MS.1.4.25. शबर explains उत्तरस्यां ततौ as विकृतौ), -तन्त्रम् N. of a supplementary section in the medical work of Suśruta. -तापनीयम् N. of the second part of the नृसिंहतापनीयो- पनिषद्. -दायक a. replying, disobedient, pert, impertinent; दुष्टा भार्या शठं मित्रं भृत्याश्चोत्तरदायकाः H.2.11. -दिश् f. the north. ˚ईशः, -पालः 1 Kubera, the regent of the north. -2 the planet बुध. ˚बलिन् 1 the planet Venus. -2 the moon. -देशः the country towards the north. -धेय a. to be done subsequently. -नारायणः the second part of the नारायणसूक्त or पुरुषसूक्त (Rv.1.9.). -पक्षः 1 the northern wing or side. -2 the dark half of a lunar month. -3 the second part of an argument, i. e. a reply, the reason pro. (opp. पूर्वपक्ष); प्रापयन् पवनव्याधेर्गिरमुत्तरपक्षताम् Śi.2.15. -4 a demonstrated truth or conclusion. -5 the minor proposition in a syllogism. -6 (in Mīm.) the fifth member of an Adhikaraṇa, q. v. -पटः 1 an upper garment. -2 a bed-covering (उत्तरच्छदः). -पथः the northern way, way leading to the north; the northern country; P.V.1 77. उत्तरपथेनाहृतं च. -पथिक a. travelling in the northern country. -पदम् 1 the last member of a compound. -2 a word that can be compounded with another. -पदिक, -पदकीय a. relating to, studying, or knowing the last word or term. -पर्वतकम् A variety of hides. Kāu. A.2.11. -पश्चार्धः the northwestern half. -पश्चिम a. northwestern. (-मः) the north-western country. (-मा) [उत्तरस्याः पश्चिमायाश्च दिशोन्तरालम्] the north-west; आलोकयन्नुत्तरपश्चिमेन Mb.12.335.8. -पादः the second division of a legal plaint, that part which relates to the reply or defence; पूर्वपक्षः स्मृतः पादो द्वितीयश्चोत्तरः स्मृतः । क्रियापादस्तृतीयः स्याच्चतुर्थो निर्णयः स्मृतः ॥ -पुरस्तात् ind. north-eastward (with gen.). -पुराणम् N. of a Jaina work. -पुरुषः = उत्तमपुरुषः q. v. -पूर्व a. north-eastern. (-र्वा) the north-east. -प्रच्छदः a cover lid, quilt. -प्रत्युत्तरम् 1 a dispute, debate, a rejoinder, retort. -2 the pleadings in a law-suit. -फ (फा) ल्गुनी the twelfth lunar mansion consisting of two stars (having the figure of a bed). -भागः The second part. -भाद्रपद्, -दा 1 the 26 th lunar mansion consisting of two stars (figured by a couch). -2 N. of a plant (Mar. कडुनिंब). -मन्द्रा a loud but slow manner of singing. ˚मन्द्राद्या a. particular मूर्च्छना in music. -मात्रम् a mere reply. -मीमांसा the later Mīmāmsā, the Vedānta Philosophy, an inquiry into the nature of Brahman or Jñāna Kāṇḍa (distinguished from मीमांसा proper which is usually called पूर्वमीमांसा). -युगम् A particular measure (= 13 Aṅgulas). -रहित a. without a reply. -रामचरितम् -त्रम् N. of a celebrated drama by Bhavabhūti, which describes the later life of Rāma. -रूपम् The second of two combined vowels or consonants. -लक्षणम् the indication of an actual reply. -लोमन् a. having the hair turned upwards. -वयसम्, -स् n. old age, the declining period of life. -वरितः a kind of small syringe. -वल्ली f. N. of the second section of the काठकोपनिषद् when divided into two अध्यायs. -वस्त्रम्, -वासस् n. an upper garment, mantle, cloak; जग्राह तामुत्तरवस्त्रदेशे Mb.3.268. 24. -वादिन् m. 1 a defendant, respondent; (Opp. पूर्ववादिन्.) साक्षिषूभयतः सत्मु साक्षिणः पूर्ववादिनः । पूर्वपक्षे$धरीभूते भवन्त्युत्तरवादिनः ॥ Y.2.17. -2 one whose claims are of later date than another's. -विद् -वेदन or वेदिन् An elephant sensitive to slight stimuli (Mātaṅga L.1.29; 9.39). -वीथिः f. The northern orbit; Bṛi. S. -वेदिः 1 the northern altar made for the sacred fire. -2 N. of a Tīrtha near the कुरुक्षेत्र. -सक्थम् the left thigh. -संझित a. denoted or named in reply (as a witness). (-तः) hearsay-witness. -साक्षिन् m. 1 a witness for the defence. -2 a witness deposing to facts from the reports of others. -साधक a. 1 finishing what remains or follows, assisting at a ceremony. -2 who or what proves a reply. (-कः) an assistant, helper -हनुः Ved. the upper jaw-bone.
utpattiḥ उत्पत्तिः f. 1 Birth; विपदुत्पत्तिमतामुपस्थिता R.8.83. -2 Production; कुसुमे कुसुमोत्पत्तिः श्रूयते न तु दृश्यते Ś. Til.17. -3 Source, origin; उत्पत्तिः साधुतायाः K.45. -4 Rising, going up, becoming visible, coming into existence. -5 Profit, productiveness, produce; स्वल्पोत्पत्तिदेशः Rāj T.5.68. -6 Producing as a result or effect. -7 Resurrection. -8 A sacrifice; उत्पत्तिरिति यजिं ब्रूमः । ŚB. on MS.7.1.3,7. -9 An original injunction, a scriptural text enjoining (a particular matter), also called उत्पत्तिश्रुति or उत्पत्तिविधि. उत्पत्तेश्चातत्प्रधानत्वात् । Ms.4.3. -Comp. -अर्थः The अपूर्व resulting from a sacrifice; उत्पत्त्यर्थाविभागाद्वा सत्त्ववदैकधर्म्यं स्यात् । MS.7.1.2. ˚अविभागः Non-separation of याग and its अपूर्व. -कालीन a. taking place at the time of birth. -क्रमः order of birth. -नामधेयत्वम् Being a name inherent in the verse; उत्पत्तिनामधेयत्वात् भक्त्या पृथक् सतीषु स्यात् । MS.8.3.22. -प्रयोगः 1 production by the combined action of cause and effect. -2 purport, meaning. -वाक्यम् a sentence quoted from the Veda, an authoritative sentence. -व्यञ्जकः a type of birth (as investiture with the sacred thread); a mark of the twice-born; उत्पत्तिव्यञ्जकः पुण्यः Ms.2.68. -शिष्ट a. taught authoritatively (by a passage occurring in the Veda).
udavagrahaḥ उदवग्रहः A Svarita accent depending on an Udātta which stands in the Avagraha q. v.
unmālakam उन्मालकम् The offer of a gift as a mark of complete gratification. शरीरं उन्मालकायेव निजं मुमोच; Śrikaṇṭha-charitam 1.3.
ṛktham ऋक्थम् [ऋच्-थक्] 1 Wealth. -2 (Especially) property, possessions, effects (left at death); see रिक्थ. -3 Gold. -Comp. -आदानः an inheritor, heir. -ग्रहणम् receiving or inheriting property. -ग्राहः an inheritor or receiver of property. -भागः 1 division of property, partition. -2 a share, inheritance. -भागिन्, -हर -हारिन् m. 1 an heir. -2 a co-heir.
lṝ लॄ f. A mother, a divine female. -m. Śiva. -f. = लृ. cf. लॄर्महात्मा सुरो बालो भूपः स्तोमः कथानकः (वक्ता) । मूर्खो शिश्नो गुदः कक्षा केशः पापरतो नरः ॥ Enm. एकान्वयो मम Ś.7; मनस्येकं वचस्येकं कर्मण्येकं महात्मनाम् H.1.197. -4 Firm, unchanged; एको ग्रहस्तु Pt.1.26. -5 Single of its kind, unique, singular. -6 Chief, supreme, prominent, sole; ब्राह्मण्यास्तद्धरेत्पुत्र एकांशं वै पितुर्धनात् Mb.13.47.11. ˚पार्थिव, ˚धनुर्धरः, ˚ऐश्वर्य M.1.1 sole sovereignty; एको रागिषु राजते Bh.3.121. -7 Peerless, matchless. -8 One of two or many; Me.3. एकः सख्यास्तव सह मया वामपादाभिलाषी Me.8. -9 Oft. used like the English indefinite article 'a', or 'an'; ज्योतिरेकम् Ś.5.3. -1 True. -11 Little. Oft. used in the middle of comp. in the sense of 'only', with an adjectival or adverbial force; दोषैकदृक् looking only to faults; त्वदेकेषु Ku.3.15 your arrow only; so भोगैकबद्धस्पृहः. एकः-अन्यः, or अपरः the onethe other; अजामेकां लोहित ... नमामः । अजो ह्येको ... अजोन्यः Śvet. Up.4.5; it is used in the plural in the sense of some, its correlative being अन्ये or अपरे (others); एके समूहुर्बलरेणुसंहतिं शिरोभिराज्ञामपरे महीभृतः ॥ Śi.12.45; see अन्य, अपर also. -कः N. of Viṣṇu. the ऴSupreme Being or Prajāpati; एक इति च प्रजापतेरभिधानमिति । ŚB. on MS. 1.3.13. (-कम्) 1 The mind; एकं विनिन्ये स जुगोप सप्त सप्तैव तत्याज ररक्ष पञ्च Bu. Ch.2.41. -2 unity, a unit; Hch. -का N. of Durgā. [cf. Persian yak; L. aequus]. -Comp. -अंशः a separate part, part in general. विष्टभ्याह- मिदं कृत्स्नमेकांशेन स्थितो जगत् Bg.1.42. एकांशश्च प्रधानतः Ms. 9.15. -अक्ष a. 1 having only one axle. द्विचक्रमेकाक्षम् (रथम्) Bhāg.4.26.1. -2 having one eye. -3 having an excellent eye. (-क्षः) 1 a crow. -2 N. of Śiva. -अक्षर a. monosyllabic. ओमित्येकाक्षरं ब्रह्म Bg.8.13. (-रम्) 1 a monosyllable. -2 the sacred syllable; ओम्; एकाक्षरं परं ब्रह्म Ms.2.83. -3 The sole imperishable thing; एका- क्षरमभिसंभूय Av.5.28.8. -4 N. of an Upaniṣad. ˚कोशः a vocabulary of monosyllabic words by Puruṣottama-deva. ˚रीभावः the production of only one syllable, contraction. -अग्नि a. Keeping only one fire; Āpastamba Dharma Sūtra 2.21.21. (-कः) One and the same fire. -अग्र a. 1 fixed on one object or point only. -2 closely attentive, concentrated, intent; तद्गीतश्रवणैकाग्रा R.15.66; K.49; कच्चिदेतच्छ्रुतं पार्थ त्वयैकाग्रेण चेतसा Bg.18.72; मनुमे- काग्रमासीनम् Ms.1.1. -3 unperplexed. -4 known, celebrated. -5 single-pointed. (-ग्रः) (in Math.) the whole of the long side of a figure which is subdivided. ˚चित्त, ˚मनस् a. with a concentrated mind, with undivided attention. ˚चित्तम्, ˚चित्तता intentness of purpose, concentration of mind; तत्रैकाग्रं मनःकृत्वा Bg.6.12;18.72. °reeदृष्टि a. fixing one's eye on one spot. -अग्ऱ्य = ˚अग्र. (-ग्ऱ्यम्) concentration. -अङ्गः 1 a body-guard. -2 the planet Mercury or Mars. -3 N. of Viṣṇu. ˚वधः Mutilation of a limb; Kau. A.4. -4 Having a unique or beautiful shape. (-अङ्गम्) 1 a single member or part. -2 sandal wood. -3 the head. (-ङ्गौ) a married couple. (-ङ्गी) Incomplete; ˚रूपक incomplete, simile. -अञ्जलिः A handful. -अङ्गिका preparation made with sandal-wood. -अण्डः a kind of horse. -अधिपतिः a sole monarch or sovereign. -अनंशा the only (day) receiving no part of the moon, an epithet of Kuhū or day of new moon (born together with Kṛiṣṇa and worshipped with Kṛiṣ&na and Bala-deva and identified with Durgā). -अनुदिष्ट a. 1 left as a funeral feast or one who has recently partaken in it. (-ष्टम्) a funeral ceremony performed for only one ancestor (recently dead); see एकोद्दिष्ट; यावदेकानुदिष्टस्य गन्धो लेपश्च तिष्ठति Ms.4.111. -अन्त a. 1 solitary, retired. -2 aside, apart. -3 directed towards one point or object only. -4 excessive, great; ˚शैत्यात्- कदलीविशेषाः Ku.1.36. -5 worshipping only one; devoted to only one (एकनिष्ठ); एकान्तजनप्रियः Bhāg.8.24.31. -6 absolute, invariable, perpetual; स्वायत्तमेकान्तगुणम् Bh.2.7; कस्यैकान्तं सुखमुपगतम् Me.111. (-तः) 1 a lonely or retired place, solitude; तासामेकान्तविन्यस्ते शयानां शयने द्युमे Rām.5.1.5. व्योम˚ विहारिणः Pt.2.2; H.1.49. -2 exclusiveness. -3 an invariable rule or course of conduct or action; तस्मादेकान्तमासाद्य Pt.3.7. -4 exclusive aim or boundary. (-तम्) an exclusive recourse, a settled rule or principle; तेजः क्षमा वा नैकान्तं काल- ज्ञस्य महीपतेः Śi.2.83. (-तम्, -तेन, -ततः, -ते) ind. 1 solely, exclusively, invariably, always, absolutely, युद्धे नैकान्तेन भवेज्जयः Mb.5.64.27. -2 exceeding, quite, wholly, very much; वयमप्येकान्ततो निःस्पृहाः Bh.3.24; दुःखमेकान्ततो वा Me.111; oft. in comp.; ˚विध्वंसिन् sure or destined to perish; R.2.57; ˚भीरु Mu. 3.5 always timid; so एकान्तकरुण very weak &c. -3 alone, apart, privately. ˚भूत being alone or solitary; विलोक्यैकान्तभूतानि भूतान्यादौ प्रजापतिः Bhāg.6.18.3. ˚मति a. devoted to one object only. ˚विहारिन् a. a solitary wanderer. ˚सुषमा 'containing exclusively good years', a division of time with Jainas. ˚स्थित a. staying or remaining apart. -अन्तर a. next but one, separated by one remove; द्वन्द्वं दक्षमरीचिसंभवमिदं तत्स्रष्टुरेकान्तरम् Ś.7.27; V.1. (-रः) a kind of fever. -अन्तिक a. final, conclusive. -अन्तित्वम् devotion to one object. -अन्तिन् a. devoted to one object only; अहो अत्यद्भुतं ह्येतद् दुर्लभैकान्ति- नामपि Bhāg.7.1.15. -m. a worshipper of Viṣṇu. -अन्नम् one and the same food. (-न्नः), -˚आदिन् 1 a mess-mate. -2 One who lives on the alms from only one house; नैकान्नादी भवेद् व्रती Ms.2.188. -अपचयः, अपायः Diminution by one. -अब्दा a heifer one year old. -अयन a. 1 passable for only one (as a foot-path) Mb.3. -2 fixing one's thoughts on one object, closely attentive, intent; see एकाग्र. (-नम्) 1 a lonely or retired place; एकायनगतः पथि Mb.1.176.5; Rām. 3.67.23. -2 a meeting-place, rendezvous. सर्वासामपां समुद्र एकायनम् Bṛi. Up.2.4.11. -3 union of thoughts. -4 monotheism. -5 the sole object; सा स्नेहस्य एकायनीभूता M.2.14; एकायनीभूय Mv.4 with one accord, unanimously. -6 One and the same way, similarity; एकमेवायनगताः प्लवमाना गिरेर्गिरम् Rām.4.2.9. -7 Worldly wisdom (नीतिशास्त्र); नाम वै एकायनम् Ch. Up.7.1.2. ˚गत = एकायन q. v. तरुणः सुकृतैर्युक्त एकायनगतश्च ह Mb.7.12.22. ˚स्थः With only one resource open, driven to extremity; शूरश्चैकायनस्थश्च किमन्यत्प्रतिपद्यते Pratijñā.1.7. -अर्णवः general flood, universal deluge; अयं ह्युत्सहते क्रुद्धः कर्तुमे- कार्णवं जगत् Rām.5.49.2. -अर्थ a. 1 having one and the same meaning, having the same object in view; राजन्यकान्युपायज्ञैरेकार्थानि चरैस्तव Śi.2.114. -2 (Rhet.) Tautological (as a sentence); Kāvyālaṅkāravṛitti. 2.1.11. (-र्थः) 1 the same thing, object, or intention. -2 the same meaning. -3 N. of a glossary (of synonymous words); cf. एकार्थनाममाला. -अवम a. inferior or less by one. -अवयव a. made up of the same components. -अशीत or ˚तितम a. eighty-first. -अशीतिः f. eighty-one. -अष्टका 1 the first or chief Aṣṭakā after the full moon; एकाष्टके सुप्रजसः सुवीरा Av.3.1.5. -2 the eighth day of the dark fortnight in the month of Māgha (on which a श्राद्ध is to be performed). -अष्ठीका (ला) The root of the trumpet-flower (Mar. पहाडमूळ). -अष्ठील a. having one kernel. (-लः) N. of a plant (बकवृक्ष); A white variety of Gigantic swallowwort (Mar. रुईमांदार). -अहन् (ह) 1 the period of one day. -2 a sacrifice lasting for one day. ˚गमः, ˚अध्वा a day's journey. -आतपत्र a. characterized by only one umbrella (showing universal sovereignty); एकातपत्रं जगतः प्रभुत्वम् R.2.47. ˚त्रां भुवम् 18.4; K.26; Śi.12. 33; V.3.19. -आत्मन् a. depending solely on one-self, solitary. -आदेशः cf. Sk. on P.VI.1.11. one substitute for two or more letters (got by either dropping one vowel, or by the blending of both); as the आ in एकायन. -आयु a. 1 providing the most excellent food. -2 the first living being. एकायुरग्रे विश आविवाससि Rv.1.31.5. -आवलिः, -ली f. 1 a single string of pearls, beads &c.; सूत्रमेकावली शुद्धा Kau. A.2.11. एका- वली कण्ठविभूषणं वः Vikr.1.3; लताविटपे एकावली लग्ना V.1. -2 (in Rhetoric) Necklace-a series of statements in which there is a regular transition from a predicate to a subject, or from a subject to a predicate; स्थाप्यते$पोह्यते वापि यथापूर्वं परस्परम् । विशेषणतया यत्र वस्तु सैकावली द्विधा ॥ K. P.1; cf. Chandr.5.13-4; नेत्रे कर्णान्तविश्रान्ते कर्णो दोःस्तम्भदोलितौ &c. and Bk.2.19. -आहार्य a. having the same food; making no difference between allowed and forbidden food; एकहार्यं युगं सर्वम् Mb.3.19.41. -उक्तिः f. a single expression or word. -उत्तर a. greater or increasing by one. -उदकः (a relative) connected by the offering of funeral libations of water to the same deceased ancestor; जन्मन्येकोदकानां तु त्रिरात्राच्छुद्धिरिष्यते Ms.5.71. -उदरः, -रा uterine, (brother or sister). -उदात्त a. having one Udātta accent. -उद्दिष्टम् a Śrāddha or funeral rite performed for one definite individual deceased, not including other ancestors; see एकानुदिष्ट. -ऊन a. less by one, minus one. -ऋच् a. consisting of one verse (ऋच्). (-चम्) A Sūkta of one verse only; Av.19.23.2. -एक a. one by one, one taken singly, a single one; एकैकमप्यनर्थाय किमु यत्र चतुष्टयम् H. Pr.11; R.17.43. (-कम्), -एकैकशः, ind. one by one, singly, severally एकैकमत्र दिवसे दिवसे Ś.6.11; ˚कं निर्दिशन् Ś.7 pointing to each severally. -श्यम् (एककश्यम्) Single state, severally एकैकश्येनानुपूर्वं भूत्वा भूत्वेह जायते Bhāg.7.15.51. -˚श्येन (instrumental used as an adv.) individually, singly, one by one. ते यदि एकैकश्येनापि कुर्वन्ति तथापि सत्रक्रियामभिसमीक्ष्य बहव एव कुर्वन्तीति बहुवचनं भविष्यति । ŚB on MS.1.6.45. -ओघः 1 a continuous current. -2 A single flight (of arrows); एकौघेन स्वर्णपुङ्खैर्द्विषन्तः (आकिरन्ति स्म) Śi. 18.55. -कपाल a. consisting of or contained in one cup. -कर a. (-री f.) 1 doing only one thing. -2 (-रा) one-handed. -3 one-rayed. -कार्य a. 1 acting in concert with, co-operating, having made common cause with; co-worker; अस्माभिः सहैककार्याणाम् Mu.2; R.1.4. -2 answering the same end. -3 having the same occupation. (-र्यम्) sole or same business. -कालः 1 one time. -2 the same time, (-लम्, -ले) ind. at one time, at one and the same time; एककालं चरेद्भैक्षम् Ms.6.55. ˚भोजनम् eating but one meal in any given time. -कालिकम् Once a day; तेभ्यो लब्धेन भैक्ष्येण वर्तयन्नेककालिकम् Ms.11.123. -कालीन a. 1 happening once only; -2 Contemporary, coeval. -कुण्डलः (लिन्) N. of Kubera; of Balabhadra and Śeṣa; गर्गस्रोतो महातीर्थमाजगामैककुण्डली Mb.9.37.14. cf. एककुण्डल आख्यातो बलरामे धनाधिपे Medini. -कुष्ठम् a kind of leprosy; कृष्णारुणं येन भवे- च्छरीरं तदेककुष्ठं प्रवदन्त्यसाध्यम् Suśr. -क्षीरम् the milk of one (nurse &c.). -गम्यः the supreme spirit. -गुरु, गुरुक a. having the same preceptor. (-रुः, -रुकः) a spiritual brother (pupil of the same preceptor). -ग्राम a. living in the same village. (-मः) the same village. -ग्रामीण a. Inhabiting the same village; नैकग्रामीणमतिथिम् Ms.3.13. -चक्र a. 1 having only one wheel. (said of the sun's chariot); सप्त युञ्जन्ति रथमेक- चक्रम् Rv.1.164.2. -2 governed by one king only. (-क्रः) the chariot of the sun. ˚वर्तिन् m. sole master of the whole universe, universal monarch. (-क्रा) N. of the town Kīchakas. -चत्वारिंशत् f. forty-one. -चर a. 1 wandering or living alone, alone; अयमेकचरो$ भिवर्तते माम् Ki.13.3;3.53. Kau. A.1.18. स्वच्छन्दमेकचरं Mudrā. -2 having one attendant. -3 living unassisted. -4 going together or at the same time. -5 gregarious. -6 (Said of certain animals); न भक्षयेदेकचरान् Ms.5.17; Bhāg.5.8.18. (-रः) 1 a rhinoceros. -2 An ascetic (यति); नाराजके जनपदे चरत्येकचरो वशी Rām.2.67.23. -चरण a. having only one foot. -चारिन् a. 1 living alone, solitary. -2 going alone or with one follower only. -3 An attendant of Buddha. (-णी) a loyal wife. -चित्त a. thinking of one thing only, absorbed in one object. (-त्तम्) 1 fixedness of thought upon one object. -2 unanimity एकचित्तीभूय H.1 unanimously; ˚ता fixedness of mind, agreement, unanimity. -चिन्तनम् thinking of only one object. -चिन्मय a. Consisting of intelligence; Rāmt. Up. -चेतस्, -मनस् a. unanimous; see ˚चित्त. -चोदन a. Resting upon one rule. (-नम्) referring to in the singular number. -च्छत्र a. Ruled by one king solely. -च्छायाश्रित a. Involved in similarity (of debt) with one debtor (said of a surety); Y.2.56. -ज a. 1 born alone or single. -2 growing alone (a tree); महानप्येकजो वृक्षो बलवान्सुप्रतिष्ठितः Pt.3.54. -3 alone of its kind. -4 uniform, unchanging. -जः, -जा a brother or sister of the same parents. -जटा N. of a goddess उग्रतारा. -जन्मन् m. 1 a king. -2 a Śūdra; see ˚जाति below. -जात a. born of the same parents; Ms.9.148. -जाति a. 1 once born. -2 belonging to the same family or caste. (-तिः) a Śūdra (opp. द्विजन्मन्); ब्राह्मणः क्षत्रियो वैश्यस्त्रयो वर्णा द्विजातयः । चतुर्थ एकजातिस्तु शूद्रो नास्ति तु पञ्चमः ॥ Ms.1.4;8.27. -जातीय a. of the same kind, species or family. ˚अनुसमयः performance of one detail with reference to all things or persons, then doing the second, then the third and so on (see पदार्थानुसमय) Ms.5.2.1-2. -जीववादः (in phil.) the assertion of a living soul only. -ज्या the chord of an arc; sine of 3˚. -ज्योतिस् m. N. of Śiva. -तान a. concentrated or fixed on one object only, closely attentive; ब्रह्मैकतानमनसो हि वसिष्ठमिश्राः Mv.3.11. (-नः) 1 attention fixed on one object only; A. Rām.6.2.2. -2 musical harmony, = ˚तालः -ताल a. Having a single palm tree; एकताल एवोत्पातपवनप्रेरितो गिरिः R.15.23. -तालः harmony, accurate adjustment of song, dance, and instrumental music (cf. तौर्यत्रिकम्). -लम् A kind of sculptural measurement. (-ली) an instrument for beating time, any instrument having but one note. -तीर्थिन् a. 1 bathing in the same holy water. -2 belonging to the same religious order; क्रमेणाचार्यसच्छिष्य- धर्मभ्रात्रेकतीर्थिनः Y.2.137. -m. a fellow student, spiritual brother. -तेजन a. Ved. having only one shaft (an arrow). -त्रिंशत् f. thirty-one; ˚त्रिंश 31st. -त्रिकः a kind of sacrifice performed in or lasting for a day. -दंष्ट्रः, -दन्तः "one-tusked", epithets of Gaṇeśa (एकदंष्ट्रः) A kind of fever. -दण्डिन् m. 1 N. of a class of Sannyāsins or beggars (otherwise called हंस). They are divided into four orders :-कुटीचको बहूदको हंसश्चैव तृतीयकः । चतुर्थः परहंसश्च यो यः पश्चात्स उत्तमः ॥ Hārita. -2 N. of a Vedantic school. -दलः, -पत्रः N. of a plant (चन्डालकन्द). -दिश् a. living in the same region or quarter. -दुःखसुख a. sympathising, having the same joys and sorrows. -दृश्, -दृष्टि a. one-eyed. -m. 1 a crow. -2 N. of Śiva. -3 a philosopher. -दृश्य a. the sole object of vision, alone being worthy of being seen. तमेकदृश्यं नयनैः पिबन्त्यो Ku.7.64. -दृष्टिः f. fixed or steady look. -देवः the Supreme god. -देवत, -दे(दै)वत्य a. devoted, directed or offered to one deity. -देश a. occupying the same place. (-शः) 1 one spot or place. -2 a part or portion (of the whole), one side; ˚अवतीर्णा K.22; तस्यैकदेशः U.4; Mv.2; विभावितैकदेशेन देयं यदभियुज्यते V.4.33 'what is claimed should be given by one who is proved to have got a part of it'; (this is sometimes called एकदेशविभावितन्याय) ˚क्षाण a. partly burnt. एकदेशक्षाणमपि क्षाणमेव । ŚB. on MS.6.4.18. -देशिन् a. consisting of parts or portions divided into parts. -m. A disputant knowing only part of the true state of the case. -देह, -देहिन् a. 1 having only one body. -2 elegantly formed. (-हः) 1 the planet Mercury. -2 (du.) Husband and wife. -धनः a kind of jug with which water is taken up at certain religious ceremonies. (-नम्) 1 an excellent gift. -2 honorific offering. -धनिन् a. obtaining an honorific offering, -धर्मन्, -धर्मिन् a. 1 possessing the same properties of the same kind. -2 professing the same religion. -धुर, -धुरावह, -धुरीण a. 1 fit for but one kind of labour. -2 fit for but one yoke (as cattle for special burden; P.IV.4.79). -धुरा a particular load or conveyance. -नक्षत्रम् a lunar mansion consisting of only one star. -नटः the principal actor in a drama, the manager (सूत्रधार) who recites the prologue. -नयनः The planet Venus. -नवतः ninety-first. -नवतिः f. ninety-one. -नाथ a. having one master. (-थः) 1 sole master or lord. -2 N. of an author. -नायकः N. of Śiva. -निश्चय a. come to the same conclusion or resolution, having the same aim. (-यः) general agreement or conclusion, unanimity. -निपातः A particle which is a single word. -निष्ठ a. 1 intently devoted or loyal (to one thing). -2 intently fixed on one object. -नेत्रः 1 N. of Śiva; (one-eyed). -2 (With Śaivas) One of the eight forms of Vidyeśvara. -पक्ष a. 1 of the same side or party, an associate. -2 partial. (-क्षः) one side or party; ˚आश्रयविक्लवत्वात् R.14.34; ˚क्षे in one point of view, in one case. -पक्षीभावः The state of being the one alternative. -पञ्चाशत् f. fifty-one. -पतिक a. having the same husband. -पत्नी 1 a faithful wife (perfectly chaste); तां चावश्यं दिवसगणनातत्परामेकपत्नीम् Me.1. -2 the wife of a man who has no other wives; यो धर्म एकपत्नीनां काङ्क्षन्ती तमनुत्तमम् Ms.5.158. -3 the wife of the same man; a co-wife; सर्वासामेकपत्नीनामेका चेत्पुत्रिणी भवेत् Ms.9. 183. ˚व्रतम् a vow of perfect chastity; कामेकपत्नीव्रतदुःख- शीलाम् Ku.3.7. -पत्रिका the plant Ocimum Gratissimum (गन्धपत्रा; Mar. नागदवणी) -पद्, -पाद् a. 1 one-footed, limping, lame. -2 incomplete. (-पाद्) m. N. of Śiva or Viṣṇu. (-पदी) a foot-path (for a single man to walk on). एकपद्या तया यान्ती नलिकायन्त्रतुल्यया Śiva. B.28.66 -पद a. 1 one-footed. -2 consisting of or named in one word. (-दम्) 1 a single step. -2 single or simple word. -3 the time required to pronounce a single word. -4 present time, same time; (-दः) 1 a man having one foot. -2 a kind of coitus (रतिबन्ध). (-दे) ind. suddenly, all at once, abruptly; निहन्त्यरीनेकपदे य उदात्तः स्वरानिव Śi.2.95; R.8.48; K.45; V.4.3. (-दा) a verse consisting of only one Pāda or quarter stanza. (-दी) 1 a woman having one foot. -2 a Gāyatrī consisting of one Pāda. गायत्र्यस्येकपदी Bṛi. Up.5.14.7. -3 Foot-path (Mar. पाऊलवाट); इयमेकपदी राजन्यतो मे पितुराश्रमः Rām. 2.63.44. -पर a. Ved. an epithet of the dice in which one is decisive or of pre-eminent importance. -परि ind. one over or under, (a term at dice; cf. अक्षपरि). अक्षस्याह- मेकहरस्य हेतोः Rv.1.34.2. -पर्णा 1 N. of a younger sister of Durgā. -2 N. of Durgā. -3 a plant having one leaf only. -पलाशः a. a single Butea Frondosa. -पाटला N. of a younger sister of Durgā; N. of Durgā. -पाणः a single wager. -पात a. happening at once, sudden. -तः The first word of a Mantra (प्रतीक). -पतिन् a. 1 sudden. -2 standing alone or solitary. (-नी) i. e. ऋक् a verse to be taken by itself or independently of the hymn to which it belongs. -पाद a. 1 having only one foot; तत्र शिश्रिये$ज एकपादः Av.13.1.6. -2 using only one foot. (-दः) 1 one or single foot. -2 one and the same Pāda. -3 N. of Viṣṇu and Śiva. -पादिका a kind of posture of birds. -पार्थिवः Sole ruler or king; न केवलं तद्गुरुरेक- पार्थिवः R.3.31. -पिङ्गः, -पिङ्गलः N. of Kubera; having a yellow mark in place of one eye; (his eye was so made on account of a curse uttered by Pārvatī when he cast an evil eye at her;) Dk.2.4. -पिण्ड a. united by the offering of the funeral rice-ball; ˚ता, -त्वम् consanguinity. -पुत्र a. having only one son. -पुरुषः 1 the Supreme Being; वेदान्तेषु यमाहुरेकपुरुषम् V.1.1; -2 the chief person. a. Consisting of only one man. तथैकपुरुषं राष्ट्रम् Bhāg.6.5.7. -पुष्कलः (रः) N. of a musical instrument (Mar. काहल); ततः प्रयाते दाशार्हे प्रावाद्यन्तैकपुष्कराः Mb.5.94.21. -प्रकार a. of the same kind. -प्रख्य a. singularly like. -प्रभुत्वम् sole sovereignty. -प्रयत्नः one effort (of the voice). -प्रस्थः a measure. -प्रहारिक a. killed by one blow. Mk.8. -प्राणयोगः union in one breath. -बुद्धि a. having only one thought. -भक्त a. 1 serving one master only. -2 worshipping one deity. -3 eating together. (-भूक्तम्) N. of a religious ceremony; eating but one meal (a day) Mb.3; Y.3.318. ˚व्रतम् eating but once a day as a religious observance. -भक्ति a. 1 believing in one deity. -2 firmly devoted; तेषां ज्ञानी नित्ययुक्त एकभक्तिर्विशिष्यते Bg.7. 17. -f. eating but one meal a day. -भार्या a faithful or chaste wife. तामेकभार्यां परिवादभीरोः R.14.86 (-र्यः) one having one wife only. -भाव a. of the same or one nature. -2 sincerely devoted. -3 honest, sincerely disposed. (-वः) 1 one feeling, the same or unchanged devotion; दुर्ग्राह्यत्वान्नृपतिमनसां नैकभावाश्रयाणां सेवाधर्मः परमगहनः Pt.1.285;3.65. स्वतेजसा सत्त्वगुणप्रवाहमात्मैकभावेन भजध्वमद्धा Bhāg. -2 oneness, agreement. cf. एको भावः सदा शस्तो यतीनां भवितात्मनाम् -भूत a. 1 being one, undivided -2 concentrated, closely attentive. -भूमः a palace having one floor. -भोजन, -भुक्त a. 1 eating but one meal. -2 eating in common. -मति a. 1 fixed on one object. -2 unanimous, thinking in the same way. -मनस् a. thinking with another, of one thought; ते निर्यान्तु मया सहैकमनसो येषामभीष्टं यशः Mu.2.13. -2 fixing the mind upon one object, closely attentive; गच्छन्तमेकमनसम् Mb.1.42.36. एकमनाः श्रोतुमर्हति देवः M.2. -मात्र a. of one syllable. -मुख a. 1 having the face directed towards one place, direction of object; सहस्रं स एकमुखो ददाति Av.9.4.9. -2 having the same aim. -3 having one chief or head; द्यूतमेकमुखं कार्यम् Y.2.23. -4 having one door or entrance (as a मण्डप). (-खम्) 1 gambling. -2 a kind of fruit (रुद्राक्षफल). -मूर्धन् = ˚मुख q. v. Av.8.9.15. -मूला = अतसी q. v. -यष्टिः, -यष्टिका a single string of pearls. -योनि a. 1 uterine. -2 of the same family or caste; एतद्विधानं विज्ञेयं विभाग- स्यैकयोनिषु Ms.9.148. -रजः the plant भृङ्गराज (Mar. माका). -रथः An eminent warrior; Mb.3. -रश्मि a. Lustrous Mb.4. -रस a. 1 finding pleasure only in one thing, of one flavour; रसान्तराण्येकरसं यथा दिव्यं पयो$श्नुते R.1.17. -2 of one feeling or sentiment only; साहस˚ U.5.21 influenced only by rashness; विक्रम˚ K.7; भावैकरसं मनः Ku.5.82; M.3.1; Bv.2.155; Śi.6.26; V.1.9. -3 of one tenor, stable, equable; Māl.4.7; U.4.15. -4 solely or exclusively devoted (to one); अबलैकरसाः R.9.43,8.65. (-सः) 1 oneness of aim or feeling. -2 the only flavour or pleasure. (-सम्) a drama of one sentiment. -राज्, -राजः m. an absolute king; प्राङ् विशाम्पतिरेकराट् त्वं वि राज Av.3.4.1. a. Shining alone, alone visible; स वा एष तदा द्रष्टा नाप- श्यद् दृश्यमेकराट् Bhāg.3.5.24. -रात्रः a ceremony lasting one night. (-त्रम्) one night; एकरात्रं तु निवसन्नतिथिर्ब्राह्मणः स्मृतः Ms.3.12. -रात्रिक a. lasting or sufficient for one night only. -राशिः 1 a heap, crowd. -2 a sign of the zodiac. ˚भूत a. collected or heaped together. -रिक्थिन् m. a coheir; यद्येकरिक्थिनौ स्यातामौरसक्षेत्रजौ सुतौ Ms.9.162. -रूप a. 1 of one form or kind, like, similar; आसवः प्रतिपदं प्रमदानां नैकरूपरसतामिव भेजे Ki.9.55. -2 uniform, one-coloured; Rv.1.169.2. (-पम्) 1 one form or kind; -2 The knowledge of reality. विमोचयत्येकरूपेण Sāṅ. K.63. ˚ता uniformity, invariableness; क्षणद्युतीनां दधुरेकरूपताम् Ki.8.2. -रूप्य a. formed or arising from one. -लिङ्गः 1 a word having one gender only. -2 N. of Kubera. (-ङ्गम्) a place in which for five krośas there is but one लिङ्ग (Phallus); पञ्चक्रोशान्तरे यत्र न लिङ्गान्तरमीक्ष्यते । तदेकलिङ्गमाख्यातं तत्र सिद्धिरनुत्तमा ॥ Śabdak. -वचनम् the singular number. -वर्ण a. 1 of one colour. -2 identical, same. -3 of one tribe or caste. -4 involving the use of one letter (˚समीकरण). (-र्णः) 1 one form. -2 a Brāhmaṇa. -3 a word of one syllable. -4 a superior caste. (-र्णी) beating time, the instrument (castanet); ˚समीकरणम् an equation involving one unknown quantity. -वर्णिक a. 1 of one colour. -2 of one caste. -वर्षिका a heifer one year old. -वस्त्र, -वसन a. having only one garment, in one dress (without उत्तरीय). (-स्त्रम्) a single garment. -वाक्यम् one or unanimous opinion; एकवाक्यं विवव्रः R.6.85 raised a unanimous cry; ˚ता consistency in meaning, unanimity, reconciling different statements, syntactical unity; प्रकरणाच्च ज्योतिष्टोमेनैकवाक्यता स्यात् । ŚB. on MS.1. 5.37. -वाक्यकृ 8 U. To effect syntactical unity, to construe as one sentence. तस्मात् प्रकृतानां ... देवतानामन्यतमया देवतया प्रकृतत्वादेकवाक्यतां कृत्वा देवतामवगमिष्यामः । ŚB. on MS.1. 8.5. -वाक्यया 2 P. (with instrumental) To form one sentence with, to be syntactically connected with; न वै कृतं कर्म प्राकृतैरङ्गपदार्थैः सहैकवाक्यतां याति । ŚB. on MS.1. 1.2. ˚त्वम् syntactical unity. The state of forming or being one sentence; एकवाक्यत्वाच्च । Ms.1.1.8. -वाचक a. Synonymous. -वादः 1 a kind of drum or tabor (Mar. डफ). -2 the unitarian doctrine, monotheism. -वारम्, -वारे ind. 1 only once. -2 at once, suddenly. -3 at one time. -वासस् a. Clothed in only one garment. -वासा A woman; Nigh. -विंश a. twenty-first; consisting of twentyone. (-शः) the Ekaviṁśa-ṣ&tod;oma; Av.8.9.2. -विंशक a. The twentyfirst; दश पूर्वान्परान् वंश्यानात्मानं चैकविंशकम् । ब्राह्मीपुत्रः सुकृतकृन्मोचयेदेनसः पितॄन् ॥ Ms.3.37. -कम् The number twentyone; Y.3.224. -विंशतिः f. twentyone. -विजयः Complete victory; Kau. A.12. -विध a. of one kind; simple. -विलोचन a. one-eyed; see एकदृष्टि. -विषयिन् m. a rival (having a common object or end in view). -वीरः a pre-eminent warrior or hero; धर्म˚ Mv.5.48. -रा N. of a daughter of Śiva, a deity. -वृक्षः 1 one tree. -2 a district in which but one tree is seen for 4 Krośas. -वृत f. heaven. -वृन्दम 1 a peculiar disease of the throat. -2 one heap or collection. -वृषः Ved. the chief bull; the best or most excellent of a number. -वेणिः, -णी f. a single braid of hair (worn by a woman as a mark of her separation from her husband &c.); गण्डाभोगात्कठिनविषमामेकवेणीं करेण Me.93; ˚धरा Ś.7; धृत˚ Ś.7.21. -वेश्मन् n. a solitary house or room; विप्रदुष्टां स्त्रियं भर्ता निरुन्ध्यादेकवेश्मनि Ms.11.176. -व्यवसायिन् a. following the same profession. -व्याव- हारिकाः N. of a Buddhist school. -शत a. 11 st. (-तम्) 11; अत्रैतदेकशतं नाडीनां Prasna. Up.3.6. -शक a. whole-hoofed. (-फः) an animal whose hoof is not cloven (as a horse, ass &c.); अजाविकं सैकशफं न जातु विषमं भजेत् Ms.9.119. -शरणम् the sole recourse or refuge (especially applied to a deity). -शरीर a. of one body or blood, consanguineous. ˚अन्वयः consanguineous descent. ˚अवयवः a descendant in a right line, blood-kinsman. ˚आरम्भः commencement of consanguinity by the union of father and mother. -शल्यः A kind of fish; Rām.5.11.17. -शाख a. having one branch. (-खः) a Brāhmaṇa of the same branch or school. -शायिन् a. Sleeping alone, chaste; Mb.13. -शाला A single hall or room; (-लम् A house consisting of one hall; Matsya P. -शीर्षन् = ˚मुख q. v. Av.13.4.6. -शुङ्ग a. having one sheath. (-ङ्गा) N. of a medicinal plant. -शुल्कम् One and the same purchase money (given to the parents of a bride); अन्यां चेद्दर्शयित्वा$न्या वोढुः कन्या प्रदीयते । उभे ते एकशुल्केन वहेदित्यब्रवीन्मनुः ॥ Ms.8.24. -शृङ्ग a. having only one horn. (-ङ्गः) 1 a unicorn; rhinoceros. -2 N. of Viṣṇu. -3 a class of Pitṛis. -4 a mountain having one top. -शेपः a tree having one root. -शेषः 'the remainder of one', a species of Dvandva compound in which one of two or more words only is retained; e. g. पितरौ father and mother, parents, (= मातापितरौ); so श्वशुरौः, भ्रातरः &c. -श्रुत a. once heard. ˚धर a. keeping in mind what one has heard once. -श्रुतिः f. 1 monotony. -2 the neutral accentless tone. (-ति) ind. in a monotonous manner. -श्रुष्टि a. Ved. obedient to one command. -षष्ट a. sixty-first. -षष्टिः f. sixty-one. ˚तम a. sixty first. -संस्थ a. dwelling in one place; R.6.29. -सप्तत, ˚तितम् a. seventy-first. -सप्ततिः f. seventy-one. -सभम् a common place of meeting. -सर्ग a. closely attentive. (-र्गः) concentration. -सहस्रम् 11 or one thousand; वृषभैकसहस्रा गा दद्यात्सुचरितव्रतः Ms.11.127. -साक्षिक a. witnessed by one. -सार्थम् ind. together, in one company. -सूत्रम् N. of a small double drum played by a string and ball attached to the body of it (Mar. डमरू). -स्तोमः N. of Soma ceremony. -स्थ a. 1 being or centred in one place; in one man; ज्ञानमेकस्थमाचार्ये ...... शौर्यमेकस्थमाचार्ये Mb.7.188.45. Ku. 1.49; हन्तैकस्थं क्वचिदपि न ते चण्डि सादृश्यमस्ति Me.16. -2 close-standing, standing side by side. -3 collected, combined. -स्थानम् one or the same place; एकस्थाने प्रसूते वाक् Pt.4.5. -2 Standing closely; विपक्षेणापि मरुता यथैकस्थानवीरुधः Pt.3.53. -हंसः the chief or highest Haṁsa (an allegorical designation of the soul). हिरण्मयः पुरुष एकहंसः Bṛi. Up.4.3.11. -हायन a. one year old; त्रस्तैकहायनकुरङ्गविलोलदृष्टिः Māl.4.8; U.3.28. (-नी) a heifer one year old. (-नम्) the period of one year.
aiṣṭika ऐष्टिक a. (-की f.) [इष्टि-ठक्] 1 Sacrificial, ceremonial. -2 Treating of इष्टि or sacrifice (as a work). -Comp. -पूर्तिक, पौर्तिक a. belonging to इष्टापूर्त (belonging to sacrifices or charitable works); दानधर्मं निषेवेत नित्यमैष्टिक- पौर्तिकम् Ms.4.227.
auddhārika औद्धारिक a. (-की f.) [उद्धार-ठञ्] Deducted from patrimony, portionable, heritable. -कम् A portion or inheritance (deducted from patrimony). -2 A part to be set aside; Ms.9.15.
kampaḥ कम्पः [कम्प्-घञ्] 1 Shaking, tremor; कम्पेन किंचित्प्रतिगृह्य मूर्घ्नः R.13.44 with a gentle nod or bend of the head; 13.28; Ku.7.46; भयकम्पः, विद्युत्कम्पः &c. -2 A modification of the Svarita accent. -पा Shaking, moving, tremor. -Comp. -अन्वित a. tremulous, agitated. -द्वारम् a side-door, a private entrance. कम्पद्वारं तु वा कुर्यान्मध्यपार्श्वद्वयोस्तथा Kāmikāgama 35.49. -लक्ष्मन् -m. wind.
kavi कवि a. [कु-इ Uṇ.4.138] 1 Omniscient; Mb.1.5. 27; कविं पुराणमनुशासितारम् Bg.8.9; Ms.4.24. -2 Intelligent, clever, wise; कविर्मूकवदात्मानं स दृष्ट्या दर्शयेन्नृणाम् Bhāg.7.13,1.18. -3 Thinking, thoughtful. -4 Praiseworthy. -विः 1 A wise man, a thinker, a sage; कवीनामुशना कविः Bg.1.37; Ms.7.49,2.151. -2 A poet; तद् ब्रूहि रामचरितं आद्यः कविरसि U.2; मन्दः कवियशः- प्रार्थी R.1.3; इदं कविभ्यः पूर्वेभ्यो नमोवाकं प्रशास्महे U.1.1; Śi.2.86. -3 An epithet of Śukra, the preceptor of the Asuras; कविरिव वृषपर्वणः K.56. -4 Vālmīki, the first poet. -5 Brahmā; Bhāg.5.18.6. -6 The sun. -f. The bit of a bridle; see कविका. -Comp. -ज्येष्ठः an epithet of Vālmīki, the first poet. -पुत्रः an epithet of Śukra. -राजः 1 a great poet; श्रीहर्षं कविराजराजिमुकुटालङ्कारहीरः सुतम् occurring in the last verse of every canto of Naiṣadha Charita. -2 N. of a poet, author of a poem called राघवपाण्डवीय. -रामायणः an epithet of Vālmīki. -समयः convention of Poets.
kup कुप् I. 4 P. (कुप्यति, चुकोप, अकुपत्, कोपितुम्, कुपित) 1 To be angry, (generally with the dat. of the person who is the object of anger, but sometimes with the acc. or gen. also); कुप्यन्ति हितवादिने K.18; कुपितश्चन्द्रगुप्तश्चाणक्य- स्योपरि Mu.2; M.3.21; U.7; चुकोप तस्मै स भृशम् R.3. 56. -2 To be excited, to gather strength, be virulent; as in दोषाः प्रकुप्यन्ति Suśr. -Caus. (कोपयति-ते) 1 To provoke, irritate; to excite, agitate. -2 To stir up. -II. 1 U. -1 To shine. -2 To speak.
kopaḥ कोपः [कुप्-भावे घञ्] 1 Anger, wrath, passion; कोपं न गच्छति नितान्तबलो$पि नागः Pt.1.123; न त्वया कोपः कार्यः do not be angry. -2 (In medicine) Morbid irritation or disorder of the humours of the body; i. e. पित्तकोप, वातकोप. &c. -Comp. -आकुल, -आविष्ट a. enraged, furious. -क्रमः 1 an angry or passionate man. -2 the course of anger. -जन्मन् produced by wrath or anger; बलवानपि कोपजन्मनः Ki.2.37. -दीप्त, -ज्वलित a. inflamed with anger. -पदम् 1 cause of anger. -2 pretended anger. -वशः subjection to anger. -वेगः violence, fury of anger.
kopana कोपन a. [कुप्-ताच्छील्ये युच्] 1 Passionate, irascible, angry; रैभश्चापि तपस्वी च कोपनश्च महानृषिः Mb.3.135.58. -2 Causing anger. -3 Irritating, causing morbid disorder of the humours of the body. -नम् Becoming angry. -ना A passionate or angry woman; कयासि कामिन् सुरतापराधात् पादानतः किपनया$वधूतः Ku.3.8; Amaru. 68. (v. l.)
kopin कोपिन् a. [अवश्यं कुप्यति कुप्-णिनि] 1 Angry, irritated; सत्यमेवासि यदि मयि कोपिनी Gīt.1. -2 Causing anger. -3 Irritating, causing disorder of the humours of the body. -m. A water-pigeon.
krudhmin क्रुध्मिन् a. Ved. Angry, wrathful, irritable; शुभ्रो वः शुष्मः क्रुध्मी मनांसि Rv.7.56.8.
kṣavathuḥ क्षवथुः [क्षु-अथुच्] 1 Sneezing. -2 Cough. -3 Irritation of the throat. -4 Sore throat. विषवैद्यो विजानाति सर्पस्य क्षवथुं ध्रुवम् Subha.
kṣobhaḥ क्षोभः [क्षुभ-घञ्] 1 Shaking, moving, tossing; Me.28, 97; so काननक्षोभः &c. -2 Jolting; R.1.58; अयं तस्या रथक्षोभादंसेनांसो निपीडितः V.3.11. -3 (a) Agitation, disturbance, excitement, emotion; क्षोभक˚ U.3.3.29; स्वयं- वरक्षोभकृतामभावः R.7.3; अथेन्द्रियक्षोभमयुग्मनेत्रः पुनर्वशित्वाद्ब- लवन्निगृह्य Ku.3.69. (b) Provocation, irritation; प्रायः स्वं महिमानं क्षोभात्प्रतिपद्यते जन्तुः Ś.6.31.
garbhaḥ गर्भः [गॄ-भन् Uṇ.3.152] 1 The womb, the belly; गर्भेषु वसतिः Pt.1; पुनर्गर्भे च संभवम् Ms.6.63. -2 A fœtus, embryo; act of conception, pregnancy; conception; नरपतिकुलभूत्यै गर्भमाधत्त राज्ञी P.2.75; गर्भो$भवद्भूधरराज- पत्न्याः Ku.1.19; गर्भं वहति Pt.1.3 bears a child in the womb. -3 The time of conception; गर्भाष्टमे$ब्दे कुर्वित ब्राह्मणस्योपनायनम् Ms.2.36. -4 The child (in the womb); Ś.6; ततः कुमारं सुरगर्भकल्पम् Bu. Ch.2.19; cf. 'गर्भो भ्रूणे$- र्भके कुक्षौ' Medinī. -5 A child, brood or offspring of birds. -6 The inside, middle, or interior of anything (in comp. in this sense and translated by 'full of', 'filled with', 'containing' &c); हिमगर्भैर्मयूखैः Ś.3.4; शुक˚ कोटर 1.14;7.7; ˚पत्रम् U.3.5. inwardly situated; अग्निगर्भां शमीमिव Ś.4.4; R.3.9;5.17;9.55; Śi.9.62; Māl.3.12; Mu.1.12. -7 The offspring of the sky, i. e. the vapours and fogs drawn upwards by the rays of the sun during 8 months and sent down again in the rainy season; cf. Ms.9.35; नवमासधृतं गर्भं भास्करस्य गभस्तिभिः Rām.4.28.3. -8 An inner apartment, a lying-in-chamber. -9 Any interior chamber. -1 A hole. -11 Fire. -12 Food. -13 The rough coat of the jack-fruit (पनसकण्टक). -14 the bed of a river, especially of the Ganges on the fourteenth day of the dark half of Bhādrapada or in the very height of the rains when the river is fullest. -15 The fruit (of plants). -16 Joining, union. -17 The calyx of the lotus. -18 (In dramas) One of the Sandhis q. v. -Comp. -अङ्कः (also गर्भे$ङ्कः) an interlude during an act, as the scene of the birth of Kuśa and Lava in U.7, or the सीतास्वयंवर in Bālarāmāyaṇa. The S. D. thus defines it :-- अङ्कोदर- प्रविष्टो यो रङ्गद्वारामुखादिमान् । अङ्को$परः स गर्भाङ्कः सबीजः फलवानपि ॥ 279. -अवक्रान्तिः f. descent of the soul into the womb. -अवटः see गर्भभाजनम्. -अष्टमः 1 the eighth month from conception. -2 the eighth year from conception. -अस्पन्दनम् non-quickening of the fœtus. -आगारम् 1 uterus. -2 an inner and private room, the female apartments. -3 a lying-in-chamber. -4 the body or sanctuary of a temple, the chamber where the image of a deity is placed; एकैव देवं द्रष्टुं च गर्भागारमथाविशत् Ks.7.71. -आधानम् 1 impregnation; गर्भाधानक्षणपरिच- यान्नूनमाबद्धमालाः (बलाकाः) Me.9. -2 one of the Saṁskāras or purificatory ceremonies performed after menstruation to ensure or facilitate conception; (this ceremony legalizes in a religious sense the consummation of marriage); Y.1.11. -आशयः the uterus, the womb. -आस्रावः mis-carriage, abortion. -ईश्वरः one born rich (cf. 'born in the purple'); a sovereign or rich man by birth. ˚ता sovereignty attained by inheritance; प्राप्तैश्वर्यो भवेन्मूढो गर्भेश्वरतयान्यथा Rāj. T.5.199. -उत्पत्तिः f. the formation of the embryo. -उपघातः miscarriage of the embryo (applied to the sky); Bṛi. S.21.25. -उपघातिनी a cow or female miscarrying from unseasonable gestation. -उपपत्तिः f. formation of the embryo. -कर, -कार a. impregnating, procreative. -कालः 1 time of impregnation. -2 the time when the vapour collected in the air shows the first signs of life. -कोशः, -षः uterus. -क्लेशः pains caused by the embryo, the throes of parturition or childbirth. -क्षयः miscarriage. -गृहम्, -भवनम्, -वेश्मन् n. 1 an inner apartment, the body of a house; Mb.5.118.19; R.19.42. -2 a lying-in-chamber. -3 the sanctuary or body of a temple; निर्गत्य गर्भभवनात् Māl.1. -ग्रहणम् impregnation, conception. -ग्राहिका a midwife; Ks.34. -घातिन् a. causing abortion. -चलनम् quickening, motion of the fœtus in the uterus. -चेटः a servant by birth; नर्मभिर्गर्भचेटानां द्वास्थानां विक्रियाक्रमैः Rāj. T.3.153. -च्युत a. 1 fallen from the womb (as a child). -2 miscarrying. -च्युतिः f. 1 birth; delivery. -2 miscarriage. -दासः, -सी a slave by birth; (often used as a term of abuse or reproach.); यथा गर्भदासः कर्मार्थ एव स्वामिनो$नड्वाँश्च क्रीयते । ŚB. on MS.3.1.2. -दिवसाः certain days on which the vapours collected in the air show signs of life; Bṛi.21.5. -द्रुह् a. (nom. sing. ˚ध्रुक्-ड्) causing abortion. -धम् Ved. semen virile. -धरा pregnant. -धारणम्, -धारणा gestation, impregnation. -धिः Ved. 1 a breeding place, a nest; कपोत इव गर्भधिम् Rv.1.3.4. -2 cohabitation. -ध्वंसः abortion. -नाडी the umbilical cord. -नुद् a. causing abortion. -न्यासः 1 laying the foundation. -2 the foundations. -परिस्रवः secundines or fœtal membranes collectively. -पाकिन् m. rice ripening in sixty days. -पातः miscarriage after the fourth month of pregnancy. -पोषणम्, -भर्मन् n. nourishment of the fœtus, gestation; अनुष्ठिते भिषग्भिराप्तैरथ गर्भभर्मणि R.3.12. -भाजनम् the foundation pit, the excavation. -मण्डपः an inner apartment, a bed-chamber. -मासः month of pregnancy. -मोचनम् delivery, birth. -योपा a pregnant woman; (fig.) the Ganges overflowing its banks. -रक्षणम् protecting the fœtus. -रन्धिः complete cooking; स्थाल्य- ग्नितापात्पयसो$मितापस्तत्तापतस्तण्डुलगर्भरन्धिः Bhāg.5.1.22. -रूप a. childish, youthful, juvenile. -रूपः, -रूपकः a child, an infant, a youth. -लक्षण a. observing the signs of the rainy season. (-णम्) a symptom of pregnancy. -लम्भनम् a ceremony performed for the sake of facilitating and developing pregnancy. -वसतिः f., -वासः 1 the womb; असकृद्गर्भवासेषु वासं जन्म च दारुणम् Ms.12.78. -2 being in the womb. -विच्युतिः f. abortion in the beginning of pregnancy. -विपत्तिः death of the fœtus. -वेदना throes of child-birth. -व्याकरणम् the formation of the embryo. -शङ्कुः a kind of instrument for extracting the dead fœtus. -शय्या the abode of the fœtus or uterus. -संभवः, -संभूतिः f. becoming pregnant; वर्षद्वयं प्रविष्टस्य वर्तत$न्तःपुरे$त्र मे । तदेषा गर्भसंभूतिः कुतः संप्रति कथ्यताम् Ks.5.61. -संभवा a kind of cardamoms (Mar. एलची). -स्थ a. 1 situated in the womb. -2 interior, internal. -स्रावः abortion, miscarriage; वरं गर्भस्रावः Pt.1; Y.3.2; Ms.5.66.
jīmūtaḥ जीमूतः [जयति नभः, जीयते अनिलेन जीवनस्योदकस्य मूतं बन्धो यत्र, जीवनं जलं मूतं बद्धम् अनेन, जीवनं मुञ्चतीति वा पृषो˚ Tv. cf. Uṇ.3.91] 1 cloud; जीमूतेन स्वकुशलमयीं हारयिष्यन् प्रवृत्तिम् Me.4. -2 A mountain. -3 A nourisher, sustainer. -4 An epithet of Indra. -Comp. -कूटः a mountain. -केतुः an epithet of Śiva. -प्रभः A variety of gems; Kau. A.2.11. -वाहनः 1 N. of Indra. -2 N. of a king of the Vidyādharas, hero of the play called Nāgānanda; (mentioned also in कथासरित्सागर). [He was the son of Jīmūtaketu and renowned for his benevolent and charitable disposition. When his father's kingdom was invaded by his kinsmen, he scorned the idea of fighting with them and induced his father to leave it to those who sought for it and to repair with him to the Malaya mountain to lead a holy life. It is related that there he one day took the place of a young serpent who was, by virtue of an agreement, to be offered to Garuḍa as his daily meal, and induced, by his generous and touching behaviour, the enemy of serpents to give up his practice of devouring them. The story is very pathetically told in the play]. -वाहिन् Smoke.
jīrṇa जीर्ण p. p. [जॄ-क्त] 1 Old, ancient. -2 Worn out, ruined, wasted, decayed, tattered (as clothes); वासांसि जीर्णानि यथा विहाय Bg.2.22; U.6.38; Māl.5.3. -3 Digested; सुजीर्णमन्नं सुविचक्षणः सुतः H.1.22. -र्णः 1 An old man. -2 A tree. -3 Cumin-seed. -णा Large cuminseed. -र्णम् 1 Benzoin. -2 Old age, decrepitude. -Comp. -उद्धारः 'renewing the old', repairs, especially of a temple or any charitable or religious institution. -उद्यानम् ruined or neglected garden. -ज्वरः lingering fever. -पर्णः the Kadamba tree. -वज्रम् a particular gem (वैक्रान्त). -वस्त्र a. wearing old clothes. -वाटिका a ruined house.
tārakita तारकित a. [तारकाः अस्य संजाताः इतच्] Starry, starspangled, studded with stars; कणगणाधिकतारकिताम्बरः N.4.49. तारण tāraṇa तारित tārita तारिक tārika तारण तारित तारिक &c. See under तॄ.
tṛtīyin तृतीयिन् a. 1 Entitled to a third portion (of inheritance &c.); विषमा ह्येषामाख्या । केचिदर्धिनः केचित् तृतीयिनः केचित् पादिनः इति । ŚB. on MS.1.3.55. -2 Occupying the third rank; Ms.8.21.
daṇḍin दण्डिन् a. [दण्ड-अस्त्यर्थे इनि] Bearing or having a staff; न शक्या धर्मतो हन्तुं कालेनापीह दण्डिना Mb.9.61.66. -m. 1 A Brāhmaṇa of the fourth order, a Samnyāsin, -2 A door-keeper, porter. -3 An oarsman. -4 A Jaina ascetic. -5 An epithet of Yama. -6 A king. -7 A religious mendicant (Bhikṣu). -8 An epithet of Śiva. -9 N. of a poet, author of the Kāvyādarśa and Daśakumāracharita; जाते जगति वाल्मीके कविरित्यभिधा$भवत् । कवि इति ततो व्यासे कवयस्त्वयि दण्डिनि ॥ Udb. -Comp. -मुण्डः an epithet of Śiva.
dāyaḥ दायः [दा भावे-घञ्] 1 A gift, present, donation; रहसि रमते प्रीत्या दायं ददात्यनुवर्तते Māl.3.2; प्रीतिदायः Māl.4; Ms.8.199. -2 A nuptial present (given to the bride or the bridegroom). -3 Share, portion, inheritance, patrimony; अनपत्यस्य पुत्रस्य माता दायमवाप्नुयात् Ms.9.217, 77,164,23. -4 A part or share in general. -5 Delivering, handing over. -6 Dividing, distributing. -7 Loss, destruction. -8 Irony. -9 Site, place. -1 Alms given to a student at his initiation, &c. -11 A relative or a kinsman; तेलङ्गदायसहिता निष्पेतुरहिते तदा Parṇāl.5. 79. -Comp. -अपवर्तनम् forfeiture of inheritance; Ms.9.79. -अर्ह a. claiming inheritance. -आदः [दायमादत्ते, आदा-क] 1 one entitled to a share of patrimony; an heir; पुमान् दायादो$दायादा स्त्री Nir.; Y.2.118; Ms.8.16. -2 a son; दितेर्द्वावेव दायादौ दैत्यदानववन्दितौ Bhāg.6.18.11. -3 a relative, kinsman, near or remote; स्थितः प्रास्तस्य दायादैर्भ्रातुर्ज्येष्ठस्य शासने Ki.11.45; a distant descendant; अयमिक्ष्वाकुदायादः Rām.1.6.2. -4 a claimant or pretender in general; गवां गोषु वा दायादः Sk. -आदा, -दी 1 an heiress. -2 a daughter. -आद्यम् 1 inheritance; Ms.11. 184. -2 the state of being an inheritor. -कालः the time of the partition of an inheritance. -बन्धुः 1 a partner in the inheritance. -2 a brother. -भागः division of property among heirs, partition (of inheritance); दायभागं निबोधत Ms.9.13. -विभागः division of property. -हरः a receiver of inheritance, an heir.
duḥkha दुःख a. [दुष्टानि खानि यस्मिन्, दुष्टं खनति खन्-ड, दुःख्-अच् वा Tv.] 1 Painful, disagreeable, unpleasant; सिंहानां निनदा दुःखाः श्रोतुं दुःखमतो वनम् Rām. -2 Difficult, uneasy. -खम् 1 Sorrow, grief, unhappiness, distress, pain, agony; सुखं हि दुःखान्यनुभूय शोभते Mk.1.1; यदेवोपनतं दुः- खात्सुखं तद्रसवत्तरम् V.3.21; so दुःखसुख, समदुःखसुख &c. -2 Trouble, difficulty; Ś. Til.12; अर्थानामर्जने दुःखमर्जितानां च रक्षणे । आये दुःखं व्यये दुःखं धिगर्थाः कष्टसंश्रयाः ॥ Pt.1.163. (दुःखम् and दुःखेन are used as adverbs in the sense of 'hardly' 'with difficulty' 'or trouble' Ś.7.13. अव्यक्ता हि गतिर्दुःखं देहवद्भिरवाप्यते Bg.12.5; Ku.4.13; Pt.1.; R.19.49; H.1.158). -Comp. -अतीत a. freed from pain. -अन्तः final emancipation. -आर्त, -अन्वित a. pained, afflicted, distressed. -कर a. painful, troublesome, -गतम् adversity, calamity; Mb.12. -ग्रामः 'the scene of suffering', worldly existence. -छिन्न a. 1 tough, hard. -2 pained, distressed. -च्छेद्य also दुःखो- च्छेद्य a. 1 hard. -2 to be conquered with difficulty. प्रजानुरागाद्धर्माच्च दुःखोच्छेद्यो हि धार्मिकः H.4.24. -जात a. feeling pain. -जीविन् a. living in pain or distress; Ms. 11.9. -त्रयाभिघातः unbearable association of the three sufferings; दुःखत्रयाभिघाताज्जिज्ञासा Sāṅ. K.1. -दुःखम् (instr.) with great difficulty; (धारयन्ती) शय्योत्सङ्गे निहित- मसकृद्दुःखदुःखेन गात्रम् Me.95. -दुःखिन् a. having sorrow upon sorrow; मया रक्षति दुःखदुःखी Bhāg.11.11.19. -दोह्या (a cow) difficult to be milked. -प्राय, बहुल a. full of trouble or grief. -भागिन्, -भाज् a. unhappy. Ms.4.157. भोगः occurrence of trouble or misery. -योगः infliction of pain; Ms. -लव्य a. hard to be pierced or cut; B. R.4.11. -लोकः worldly life, the world as a scene of constant suffering. -शील a. 1 hard to please or manage, bad tempered, irritable; उपेत्य सा दोहददुःख- शीलताम् R.3.6; Ś.4. -2 accustomed to the misery of; कामेकपत्नीव्रतदुःखशीलाम् Ku.3.7; 'who is accustomed to (suffer) the misery (hard lot) of a perfectly chaste life. -संचार a. 1 passing (time) unhappily. -2 impassable -सागरः 'the sea of troubles'; worldly life.
dharmaḥ धर्मः [ध्रियते लोको$नेन, धरति लोकं वा धृ-मन्; cf. Uṇ 1. 137] 1 Religion; the customary observances of a caste, sect, &c. -2 Law, usage, practice, custom, ordinance, statue. -3 Religious or moral merit, virtue, righteousness, good works (regarded as one of the four ends of human existence); अनेन धर्मः सविशेषमद्य मे त्रिवर्ग- सारः प्रतिभाति भाविनि Ku.5.38, and see त्रिवर्ग also; एक एव सुहृद्धर्मो निधने$प्यनुयाति यः H.1.63. -4 Duty, prescribed course of conduct; षष्ठांशवृत्तेरपि धर्म एषः Ś.5.4; Ms.1.114. -5 Right, justice, equity, impartiality. -6 Piety, propriety, decorum. -7 Morality, ethics -8 Nature. disposition, character; उत्पत्स्यते$स्ति मम को$पि समानधर्मा Māl.1.6; प्राणि˚, जीव˚. -9 An essential quality, peculiarity, characteristic property, (peculiar) attribute; वदन्ति वर्ण्यावर्ण्यानां धर्मैक्यं दीपकं बुधाः Chandr.5.45; Pt.1.34. -1 Manner, resemblance, likeness. -11 A sacrifice. -12 Good company, associating with the virtuous -13> Devotion, religious abstraction. -14 Manner, mode. -15 An Upaniṣad q. v. -16 N. of Yudhiṣṭhira, the eldest Pāṇḍava. -17 N. of Yama, the god of death. -18 A bow. -19 A drinker of Soma juice. -2 (In astrol.) N. of the ninth lunar mansion. -21 An Arhat of the Jainas. -22 The soul. -23 Mastery, great skill; दिव्यास्त्रगुणसंपन्नः परं धर्मं गतो युधि Rām.3.31.15. -र्मम् A virtuous deed. -Comp. -अक्षरम् (pl.) holy mantras; a formula of faith; धर्माक्षराण्युदाहरामि Mk.8.45-46. -अङ्गः (-ङ्गा f.) the Indian crane. -अधर्मौ m. (du.) right and wrong, religion and irreligion; धर्माधर्मौ सपदि गलितौ पुण्यपापे विशीर्णे. ˚विद् m. a Mīmāṁsaka who knows the right and wrong course of action. -अधिकरणम् 1 administration of the laws. 1 a court of justice. (-णः) a judge. -अधिकरणिकः, -अधिकारिन् m. a judge, magistrate, any judicial functionary. -अधिकरणिन् m. a judge, magistrate. -अधिकारः 1 superintendence of religious affairs; Ś1. -2 administration of justice. -3 the office of a judge. -अधि- ष्ठानम् a court of justice. -अध्यक्षः 1 a judge. -2 an epithet of Viṣṇu. -अनुष्ठानम् acting according to religion, virtuous or moral conduct. -अनुसारः conformity to virtue or justice. -अपेत a. deviating from virtue, wicked, immoral, irreligious. (-तम्) vice, immorality, injustice. -अयनम् course of law, law-suit. -अरण्यम् a sacred or penance grove, a wood inhabited by ascetics; धर्मारण्यं प्रविशति गजः Śi.1.32. -अर्थौः religious merit and wealth; धर्मार्थौ यत्र न स्याताम् Ms.2.112. -अर्थम् ind. 1 for religious purposes. -2 justly, according to justice or right. -अलीक a. having a false character. -अस्तिकायः (with Jainas) the category or predicament of virtue; cf. अस्तिकाय. -अहन् Yesterday. -आगमः a religious statute, lawbook. -आचार्यः 1 a religious teacher. -2 a teacher of law or customs. -आत्मजः an epithet of Yudhiṣṭhira q. v. -आत्मता religiousmindedness; justice, virtue. -आत्मन् a. just righteous, pious, virtuous. (-m.) a saint, a pious man. -आश्रय, -आश्रित a. righteous, virtuous; धर्माश्रयं पापिनः (निन्दन्ति) Pt.1.415. -आसनम् the throne of justice, judgmentseat, tribunal; न संभावितमद्य धर्मासनमध्यासितुम् Ś.6; धर्मासनाद्विशति वासगृहं नरेन्द्रः U.1.7. -इन्द्रः, -ईशः an epithet of Yama; पितॄणामिव धर्मेन्द्रः Mb.7.6.6. -ईप्सु a. wishing to gain religious merit; Ms.1.127. -उत्तर a. 'rich in virtue,' chiefly characterized by justice, eminently just and impartial; धर्मोत्तरं मध्यममाश्रयन्ते R.13.7. -उपचायिन् a. religious; यच्च वः प्रेक्षमाणानां सर्व- धर्मोपचायिनाम् Mb.5.137.16. -उपदेशः 1 instruction in law or duty, religious or moral instruction. आर्षं धर्मोपदेशं च वेदशास्त्राविरोधिना । यस्तर्केणानुसंधत्ते स धर्मं वेद नेतरः ॥ Ms.12.16. -2 the collective body of laws. -उपदेशकः 1 a teacher of the law. -2 a spiritual teacher, a Guru. -कथकः an expounder of law. -कर्मन् n., -कार्यम्, -क्रिया 1 any act of duty or religion, any moral or religious observance, a religious act or rite. -2 virtuous conduct. -कथादरिद्रः the Kali age. -काम a. 1 devoted to virtue. -2 observing duty or right. -कायः 1 an epithet of Buddha. -2 a Jaina saint. -कारणम् Cause of virtue. -कीलः 1 a grant, royal edict or decree. -2 husband. -कृत् a. observing duty, acting justly. (-m.) 1 N. of Viṣṇu. -2 a pious man. धर्मा- धर्मविहीनो$पि धर्ममर्यादास्थापनार्थं धर्ममेव करोतीति धर्मकृत् Bhāg. -केतुः an epithet of Buddha. -कोशः, -षः the collective body of laws or duties; धर्मकोषस्य गुप्तये Ms.1.99. -क्रिया, -कृत्यम् any act of religion, any moral or religious rite. -क्षेत्रम् 1 Bhāratavarṣa (the land of religion). -2 N. of a plain near Delhi, the scene of the great battle between the Kauravas and Pāṇḍavas; धर्मक्षेत्रे कुरुक्षेत्रे समवेता युयुत्सवः Bg.1.1. (-त्रः) a virtuous or pious man. -गुप्त a. observing and protecting religion. (-प्तः) N. of Viṣṇu. -ग्रन्थः a sacred work or scripture. -घटः a jar of fragrant water offered daily (to a Brāhmaṇa) in the month of Vaiśākha; एष धर्मघटो दत्तो ब्रह्माविष्णुशिवात्मकः । अस्य प्रदानात् सफला मम सन्तु मनोरथाः ॥ -घ्न a. immoral, unlawful. -चक्रः 1 The wheel or range of the law; Bhddh. Jain. -2 a Buddha. ˚मृत् m. a Buddha or Jaina. -चरणम्, -चर्या observance of the law, performance of religious duties; शिवेन भर्त्रा सह धर्मचर्या कार्या त्वया मुक्तविचारयेति Ku.7.83; वयसि प्रथमे, मतौ चलायां बहुदोषां हि वदन्ति धर्मचर्याम् Bu. Ch.5.3. चारिन् a. practising virtue, observing the law, virtuous, righteous; स चेत्स्वयं कर्मसु धर्मचारिणां त्वमन्त- रायो भवसि R.3.45. (-m.) an ascetic. चारिणी 1 a wife. -2 a chaste or virtuous wife. cf. सह˚; इयं चोर्वशी यावदायुस्तव सहधर्मचारिणी भवत्विति V.5.19/2. -चिन्तक a. 1 studying or familiar with duty. -2 reflecting on the law. -चिन्तनम्, चिन्ता study of virtue, consideration of moral duties, moral reflection. -च्छलः fraudulent transgression of law or duty. -जः 1 'duly or lawfully born', a legitimate son; cf. Ms.9.17. -2 N. of युधिष्ठिर; Mb.15.1.44. -जन्मन् m. N. of युधिष्ठिर. -जिज्ञासा inquiry into religion or the proper course of conduct; अथातो धर्मजिज्ञासा Jaimini's Sūtra. -जीवन a. one who acts according to the rules of his caste or fulfils prescribed duties. (-नः) a Brāhmaṇa who maintains himself by assisting other men in the performance of their religious rites; यश्चापि धर्मसमयात्प्रच्युतो धर्मजीवनः Ms.9.273. -ज्ञ a. 1 knowing what is right, conversant with civil or religious law; Ms.7.141;8.179;1.127. -2 just, righteous, pious. -त्यागः abandoning one's religion, apostacy. -दक्षिणा a fee for instruction in the law. -दानम् a charitable gift (made without any self-interest.) पात्रेभ्यो दीयते नित्यमनपेक्ष्य प्रयोजनम् । केवलं धर्मबुद्ध्या यद् धर्मदानं प्रचक्षते ॥ Ms.3.262. -दुघा a cow milked for religious purposes only. -द्रवी N. of the Ganges. -दारा m. (pl.) a lawful wife; स्त्रीणां भर्ता धर्मदाराश्च पुंसाम् Māl. 6.18. -द्रुह् a. voilating the law or right; निसर्गेण स धर्मस्य गोप्ता धर्मद्रुहो वयम् Mv.2.7. -द्रोहिन् m. a demon. -धातुः an epithet of Buddha. -ध्वजः -ध्वजिन् m. a religious hypocrite, an impostor; Bhāg.3.32.39. -नन्दनः an epithet of युधिष्ठिर. -नाथः a legal protector, rightful master. -नाभः an epithet of Viṣṇu. -निबन्धिन् a. pious, holy. -निवेशः religious devotion. -निष्ठ a. devoted to religion or virtue; श्रीमन्तः पान्तु पृथ्वीं प्रशमित- रिपवो धर्मनिष्ठाश्च भूपाः Mk.1.61. -निष्पत्तिः f. 1 discharge or fulfilment of duty. -2 moral or religious observance; -पत्नी a lawful wife; R.2.2,2,72;8.7; Y.2.128. -पथः the way of virtue, a virtuous course of conduct. -पर a. religious-minded, pious, righteous. -परिणामः rise of righteous conduct in the heart (Jainism); cf. also एतेन भूतेन्द्रियेषु धर्मलक्षणावस्थापरिणामा व्याख्याताः Yoga-darśana. -पाठकः a teacher of civil or religious law; Ms.12.111. -पालः 'protector of the law', said metaphorically of (दण्ड) 'punishment or chastisement', or 'sword'. -पाडा transgressing the law, an offence against law. -पुत्रः 1 a lawful son, a son begotten from a sense of duty and not from mere lust or sensual pleasure. -2 an epithet of युधिष्ठिर. -3 any one regarded as a son for religious purposes, a spiritual son. -प्रचारः (fig.) sword. -प्रतिरूपकः a counterfeit of virtue; Ms.11.9. -प्रधान a. eminent in piety; धर्मप्रधानं पुरुषं तपसा हतकिल्बिषम् Ms.4.243. -प्रवक्तृ m. 1 an expounder of the law, a legal adviser. -2 a religious teacher, preacher. -प्रवचनम् 1 the science of duty; U.5.23. -2 expounding the law. (-नः) an epithet of Buddha. -प्रेक्ष्य a. religious or virtuous (धर्मदृष्टि); Rām.2.85.16. -बाणिजिकः, -वाणिजिकः 1 one who tries to make profit out of his virtue like a merchant. -2 one who performs religious rites with a view to reward, like a merchant dealing in transactions for profit. -बाह्यः a. contrary to religion or what is right. -भगिनी 1 a lawful sister. -2 a daughter of the spiritual preceptor. -3 a spiritual sister, any one regarded as a sister or discharging the same religious duties एतस्मिन्विहारे मम धर्मभगिनी तिष्ठति Mk.8.46/47. -भागिनी a virtuous wife. -भाणकः a lecturer or public reader who reads and explains to audiences sacred books like the Bhārata, Bhāgavata, &c. -भिक्षुकः a mendicant from virtuous motives; Ms. 11.2. -भृत् m. 1 'a preserver or defender of justice,' a king. -2 a virtuous person. -भ्रातृ m. 1 a fellow religious student, a spiritual brother. -2 any one regarded as a brother from discharging the same religious duties. वानप्रस्थयतिब्रह्मचारिणां रिक्थभागिनः । क्रमेणाचार्यसच्छिष्य- धर्मभ्रात्रेकतीर्थिनः ॥ Y.2.137. -महामात्रः a minister of religion, a minister in charge of religious affairs. -मूलम् the foundation of civil or religious law, the Vedas. -मेघः a particular Samādhi. -युगम् the Kṛita age; अथ धर्मयुगे तस्मिन्योगधर्ममनुष्ठिता । महीमनुचचारैका सुलभा नाम भिक्षुकी Mb.12.32.7. -यूपः, -योनिः an epithet of Viṣṇu. -रति a. 'delighting in virtue or justice', righteous, pious, just; तस्य धर्मरतेरासीद् वृद्धत्वं जरसा विना R.1.23. -रत्नम् N. of a Jaina स्मृतिग्रन्थ prepared by Jīmūtavāhana. -राज् -m. an epithet of Yama. -राज a. धर्मशील q. v.; धर्मराजेन जनकेन महात्मना (विदेहान् रक्षितान्) Mb.12.325 19. -राजः an epithet of 1 Yama. -2 Jina. -3 युधिष्ठिर. -4 a king. -राजन् m. N. of युधिष्ठिर. -राजिका a monument, a stūpa (Sārnāth Inscrip. of Mahīpāla; Ind. Ant. Vol.14, p.14.) -रोधिन् a. 1 opposed to law, illegal, unlawful. -2 immoral. -लक्षणम् 1 the essential mark of law. -2 the Vedas. (-णा) the Mīmāṁsā philosophy. -लोपः 1 irreligion, immorality. -2 violation of duty; धर्मलोपभयाद्राज्ञीमृतुस्नातामिमां स्मरन् R. 1.76. -वत्सल a. loving piety or duty. -वर्तिन् a. just, virtuous. -वर्धनः an epithet of Śiva. -वादः discussion about law or duty, religious controversy; अनुकल्पः परो धर्मो धर्मवादैस्तु केवलम् Mb.12.165.15. -वासरः 1 the day of full moon. -2 yesterday. -वाहनः 1 an epithet of Śiva. -2 a buffalo (being the vehicle of Yama). -विद् a. familiar with the law (civil or religious). ˚उत्तमः N. of Viṣṇu. -विद्या knowledge of the law or right. -विधिः a legal precept or injunction; एष धर्मविधिः कृत्स्नश्चातुर्वर्ण्यस्य कीर्तितः Ms.1.131. -विप्लवः violation of duty, immorality. -विवेचनम् 1 judicial investigation; यस्य शूद्रस्तु कुरुते राज्ञो धर्मविवेचनम् । तस्य सीदति तद्राष्ट्रं पङ्के गौरिव पश्यतः ॥ Ms.8.21. -2 dissertation on duty. -वीरः (in Rhet.) the sentiment of heroism arising out of virtue or piety, the sentiment of chivalrous piety; the following instance is given in R. G.:-- सपदि विलयमेतु राज्यलक्ष्मीरुपरि पतन्त्वथवा कृपाणधाराः । अपहरतुतरां शिरः कृतान्तो मम तु मतिर्न मनागपैतु धर्मात् ॥ स च दानधर्मयुद्धैर्दयया च समन्वितश्चतुर्धा स्यात् S. D. -वृद्ध a. advanced in virtue or piety; न धर्मवृद्धेषु वयः समीक्ष्यते Ku.5.16. -वैतंसिकः one who gives away money unlawfully acquired in the hope of appearing generous. -व्यवस्था m. judicial decision, decisive sentence. -शाला 1 a court of justice, tribunal. -2 any charitabla institution. -शासनम्, शास्त्रम् a code of laws, jurisprudence; न धर्मशास्त्रं पठतीति कारणम् H.1.17; Y.1.5. [मनुर्यमो वसिष्ठो$त्रिः दक्षो विष्णुस्तथाङ्गिराः । उशना वाक्पतिर्व्यास आपस्तम्बो$ थ गौतमः ॥ कात्यायनो नारदश्च याज्ञवल्क्यः पराशरः । संवर्तश्चैव शङ्खश्च हारीतो लिखितस्तथा ॥ एतैर्यानि प्रणीतानि धर्मशास्त्राणि वै पुरा । तान्येवातिप्रमाणानि न हन्तव्यानि हेतुभिः ॥] -शील a. just, pious, virtuous. -शुद्धिः a correct knowledge of the law; प्रत्यक्षं चानुमानं च शास्त्रं च विविधागमम् । त्रयं सुविदितं कार्यं धर्मशुद्धिमभीप्सता ॥ Ms.12.15. -संहिता a code of laws (especially compiled by sages like Manu, Yājñavalkya, &c.). -संगः 1 attachmet to justice or virtue. -2 hypocrisy. -संगीतिः 1 discussion about law. -2 (with Buddhists) a council. -सभा a court of justice. -समयः a legal obligation; यश्चापि धर्मसमयात्प्रच्युतो धर्मजीवनः Ms.9.273. -सहायः a partner or companion in the discharge of religious duties. -सूः m. the fork-tailed shrike. -सूत्रम् a book on पूर्वमीमांसा written by Jaimini. -सेतुः an epithet of Śiva. -सेवनम् fulfilment of duties. -स्थः a judge; धर्मस्थः कारणैरेतैर्हीनं तमिति निर्दिशेत् Ms.8.57. -स्थीय a. Concerning law; धर्मस्थीयं तृतीयं प्रकरणम् Kau. A.3. -स्वामिन् m. an epithet of Buddha.
nalaḥ नलः 1 A kind of reed; Bhāg.1.6.13; एरण़्डभिण्डार्कनलैः प्रभूतैरपि संचितैः । दारुकृत्यं यथा नास्ति तथैवाज्ञैः प्रयोजनम् ॥ Pt.1.96. -2 N. of a celebrated king of the Niṣadhas and hero of the poem called 'Naiṣadhacharita'. [Nala was a very noble-minded and virtuous king. He was chosen by Damayantī in spite of the opposition of gods, and they lived happily for some years. But Kali--who was disappointed in securing her hand-resolved to persecute Nala, and entered into his person. Thus affected he played at dice with his brother, and having lost everything, he, with his wife, was banished from the kingdom. One day, while wandering through the wilderness, he abandoned his wife, almost naked, and went away. Subsequently he was deformed by the serpent Karkoṭaka, and so deformed he entered the service of king Ṛituparṇa of Ayodhyā as a horse-groom under the name of Bāhuka. Subsequently with the assistance of the king he regained his beloved and they led a happy life; see ऋतुपर्ण and दमयन्ती also.] -3 N. of a monkey-chief, son of Viśvakarman, who, it is said, built the bridge of stones called Nalasetu or 'Adam's bridge' over which Rāma passed to Laṅkā with his army. -4 N. of a year (Nm.) -5 A measure of length (equal to 4 हस्तs); वेदीमष्टनलोत्सेधाम् Mb.7.7.16. -6 N. of divine being (पितृदेव). -लम् 1 A blue lotus; नलनीलमूर्तेः Śrīkanthacharita 1.33. -2 Smell, odour. -Comp. -कीलः the knee. -कूब (व) रः N. of a son of Kubera. -तूला a variety of the hides of aquatic animals; Kau. A.2.11. -दम् 1 a fragrant root (उशीर); Ki.12.5; N.4.116. कतकं नक्रनखरं नलदं नागकेसरम् Śiva. B.3.14. -2 the honey of a flower. -3 the flower of Hibiscus Rosa Sinensis (Mar. जास्वंद). -पट्टिका a sort of mat made of reeds. -मीनः a shrimp or prawn; Rām.3.73.14.
niga निग (गा) लः 1 Swallowing, devouring. -2 The throat or neck of a horse; N.1.58; -3 A chain; दैव- प्रणामचलिता निगलाः स्वनन्ति Pratijñā.3.4; मया एकाकिना निगलगुरुचरणेन... । Bālacharitam 1. ˚वत् m. a horse.
pakṣman पक्ष्मन् n. [पक्ष्-मनिन्] 1 An eyelash; सलिलगुरुभिः पक्ष्मभिः Me.94.49; R.2.19;11.36. -2 The filament of a flower. -3 The point of a thread, a thin thread. -4 A wing. -5 The leaf of a flower. -6 A whisker (मुखो- परिस्थकेश); बाल्यात् प्रसुप्तस्य महाबलस्य सिंहस्य पक्ष्माणि मुखाल्लु- नासि Mb.3.268.6. -7 The hair (of a deer); निसर्गचित्रो- ज्ज्वलसूक्ष्मपक्ष्मणा (लसत्) Śi.1.8. -Comp. -कोपः, -प्रकोपः irritation produced in the eye by the lashes turning inwards. -पातः Closing of the eyes; also पक्ष्मसंपातः.
prakup प्रकुप् 4 P. 1 To be angry, to be enraged or provoked at; निमित्तमुद्दिश्य हि यः प्रकुप्यति ध्रुवं स तस्यापगमे प्रसीदति Pt.1.283. -2 To be excited, gather strength, increase. -Caus. To provoke, irritate, exasperate; साधोः प्रकोपितस्यापि मनो नायाति विक्रियाम् Subhāṣ.
prakopaḥ प्रकोपः 1 Wrath, fury, rage, violent anger. -2 Great excitement' provocation, irritation; उपदेशो हि मूर्खाणां प्रकोपाय न शान्तये Pt.1.389. -3 Insurrection, rebellion, mutiny; as in प्रकृति˚ popular disturbance. -4 An attack. -5 (Medic.) Excess, superabundance; vitiation; Suśr.
prakopana प्रकोपन ण a. Irritating, exciting, provoking. -नम्, -णम् Provocation, irritation.
pramanyu प्रमन्यु a. 1 Enraged, irritated, incensed against (with loc.); प्रमन्यवः प्रागपि कोशलेन्द्रे R.7.34. -2 Distressed, sorrowful, sorely grieved.
pramāṇam प्रमाणम् 1 A measure in general (of length, breadth &c.); न प्रमाणेन नोत्साहात् सत्त्वस्थो भव पाण्डव Mb.3.33.63. ('प्रमाणं नित्यमर्यादासंघवादिप्रमादिषु' Viśva.); Mb.1.222. 31; दृष्टो हि वृण्वन् कलभप्रमाणो$प्याशाः पुरोवातमवाप्य मेघः R.18. 38. -2 Size, extent, magnitude. -3 Scale, standard; पृथिव्यां स्वामिभक्तानां प्रमाणे परमे स्थितः Mu.2.21. -4 Limit, quantity; वञ्चयित्वा तु राजानं न प्रमाणे$वतिष्ठसि Rām.2.37. 22. -5 Testimony, evidence, proof. -6 Authority, warrant; one who judges or decides, one whose word is an authority; श्रुत्वा देवः प्रमाणम् Pt.1 'having heard this your Majesty will decide (what to do)'; आर्यमिश्राः प्रमाणम् M.1; Mu.1.1; सतां हि संदेहपदेषु वस्तुषु प्रमाणमन्तः- करणप्रवृत्तयः Ś.1.22; व्याकरणे पाणिनिः प्रमाणम्; Ms.2.13; Pt.1.24; sometimes in pl.; वेदाः प्रमाणाः. -7 A true or certain knowledge, accurate conception or notion. -8 A mode of proof, a means of arriving at correct knowledge; (the Naiyāyikas recognize only four kinds; प्रत्यक्ष, अनुमान, उपमान and शब्द, the Vedāntins and Mīmāṁsakas add two more, अनुपलब्धि and अर्थापत्ति; while the Sāṅkhyas admit प्रत्यक्ष, अनुमान and शब्द only; cf. अमुभव also.). -9 Principal, capital. -1 Unity. -11 Scripture, sacred authority. -12 Cause, reason. -13 Rule, sanction, precept. -14 The first term in a rule of three. -15 An epithet of Viṣṇu. -16 Freedom from apprehension. -17 The prosodial lengh of a vowel. -18 An eternal matter; L. D. B. -19 (In music) A measure (such as द्रुत, मध्य, विलम्बित); Rām.1.4.8. -2 The measure of a square. -णः, -णी A rule, standard, authority. -Comp. -अधिक a. more than ordinary, inordinate, excessive; श्वासः प्रमाणाधिकः Ś.1.29. -अनुरूप a. corresponding to physical strength. -अन्तरम् another mode of proof. -अभावः absence of authority. -कुशल, -प्रवीण a. skilful in arguing. -कोटिः the point in an argument which is regarded as actual proof. -ज्ञ a. knowing the modes of proof, (as a logician). (-ज्ञः) an epithet of Śiva. -दृष्ट a. sanctioned by authority. -पत्रम् a written warrant. -पथः the way of proof. -पुरुषः an arbitrator, a judge, an umpire. -वाधितार्थकः a kind of Tarka in Nyāyasāstra. -भूत (˚णीभूत) a. authoritative. (-तः) an epithet of Śiva. -राशिः the quantity of the first term in a rule of three sums. -वचनम्, -वाक्यम् an authoritative statement. -शास्त्रम् 1 scripture. -2 the science of logic. -सूत्रम् a measuring cord. -स्थ a. 1 of normal size. -2 unperturbed.
praśrabdhiḥ प्रश्रब्धिः f. Trust, confidence. प्रश्रयः praśrayḥ प्रश्रयणम् praśrayaṇam प्रश्रयः प्रश्रयणम् 1 Respect, courtesy, civility, politeness, respectful or courteous behaviour, humility; वचः प्रश्रयगम्भीरमथोवाच कपिध्वजः Ki.11.37; समागतैः प्रश्रय- नम्रमूर्तिभिः Śi.12.33; R.1.7,83; U.6.23; सप्रश्रयम् respectfully, modestly. -2 Love, affection, regard. -3 Resort, recourse (आश्रय); कपिकुलैः स्कन्धे कृतप्रश्रयः Pt.2.2. प्रश्रयिन् praśrayin प्रश्रित praśrita प्रश्रयिन् प्रश्रित a. Civil, polite, courteous, humble, well-behaved; प्रोवाच चामितमतिः प्रश्रितं विनयान्वितः Mb.1. 26.15; Bhāg.1.5.29.
bandhuḥ बन्धुः [बध्नाति मनः स्नेहादिना बन्ध्-उ] 1 A relation, kinsman, relative in general; यत्र द्रुमा अपि मृगा अपि बन्धवो मे U.3.8; मातृबन्धुनिवासिनम् R.12.12; Ś.6.23; Bg.6.9; Ms.2.136. -2 Any one connected or associated with another, a brother; प्रवासबन्धुः a brothertraveller; धर्मबन्धुः a spiritual brother; अनुमतगमना शकुन्तला तरुभिरियं वनवासबन्धुभिः Ś.4.1. -3 (In law) A cognate kinsman, one's own kindred or kinsmen generally; (three kinds are enumerated :-- आत्म˚ personal, पितृ˚ paternal, and मातृ˚ maternal; see these three words). -4 A friend (in general); as in बन्धुकृत्य below; oft. at the end of comp.; मकरन्दगन्धबन्धो Māl.1.38 'a friend of, (i. e.) charged with fragrance'; &c.; 9.13. -5 A husband; वैदेहिबन्धोर्हृदयं विदद्रे R.14.33. -6 A father. -7 A mother. -8 A brother. -9 The tree called बन्धुजीव q. v. -1 One who belongs to or is connected with any tribe or profession only nominally; i. e. one who belongs to it, but does not do the duties pertaining thereto (often used by way of contempt); स्वयमेव ब्रह्मबन्धुनोद्भिन्नो दुर्गप्रयोगः M.4; cf. क्षत्रबन्धु. -11 Connection, relationship, association in general; समुद्र एवास्य बन्धुः Bṛi. Up.1.1.2; B. R.3.89. -12 A controller, governor; (नमः) गुणत्रयाभासनिमित्तबन्धवे Bhāg.6.4.23. -13 (In astrol.) N. of the 3rd mansion. -Comp. -काम a. affectionate towards kinsmen. -कृत्यम् 1 the duty of a kinsman; त्वयि तु परिसमाप्तं बन्धुकृत्यं प्रजानाम् Ś.5.8. -2 the business of a friend, a friendly or kind act or service; कच्चित् सौम्य व्यवसितमिदं बन्धुकृत्यं त्वया मे Me.116. -जनः 1 a relative, kinsman. -2 kindred, kinsmen taken collectively. -जीवः, -जीवकः N. of a tree; दृश्यन्ते बन्धुजीवाश्च श्यामाश्च गिरिसानुषु Rām.4.3.62; बन्धुजीवमधुरा- धरपल्लवमुल्लसितस्मितशोभम् Gīt.2; R.11.24. -दग्धः an abandoned wretch (हतक). -दत्तम् a kind of Strīdhana or woman's property, the property given to a girl by her relatives at the time of marriage; बन्धुदत्तं तथा शुल्कमन्वा- धेयकमेव च Y.2.144; बान्धवा भ्रातरो बन्धुदत्तप्रदेन कन्यादशायां यत् पितृभ्यां दत्तं तदुच्यते Dāy. B. -दायादः kinsman and heir; Ms.9.158. -a. entitled to inheritance by relationship. -प्रिय a. dear to friends or relations. -प्रीतिः f. 1 love of a relative; बन्धुप्रीत्या Me.51 (v. l.). -2 love for a friend. -भावः 1 friendship. -2 relationship. -वर्गः kinsmen, kindred. -हीन a. destitute of relatives or friends.
babhru बभ्रु a. [भृ-कु द्वित्वम्; बभ्र्-उ वा Uṇ.1.21] 1 Deepbrown, tawny, reddish-brown; ज्वालाबभ्रुशिरोरुहः R.15. 16;19.25; बबन्ध बालारुणबभ्रु वल्कलम् Ku.5.8. -2 Baldheaded through disease. -भ्रुः 1 Fire. -2 An ichneumon; सखिभिर्न्यवसत् सार्धं व्याघ्राखुवृकबभ्रुभिः Mb.1.14.27. -3 The tawny colour. -4 A man with tawny hair. -5 N. of a Yādava; आलप्यालमिदं बभ्रोर्यत् स दारानपाहरत् Śi.2.1. -6 An epithet of Śiva. -7 Of Viṣṇu. -8 The Chātaka bird. -9 A sweeper, cleaner. -1 N. of a country. -n. 1 A tawny or brown colour. -2 Any object of a brown colour. -भ्रूः f. A reddish-brown cow (कपिला); अजानन्नहनद्बभ्रोः शिरः शार्दूलशङ्कया Bhāg.9.2.6. -Comp. -धातुः 1 gold. -2 red chalk (गौरिक), a kind of ochre. -वाहनः N. of a son of Arjuna by Chitrāṅgadā. [The sacrificial horse let loose by king Yudhiṣṭhira and guarded by Arjuna entered, in the course of its wanderings, the country of Maṇipura, which was then ruled by Babhruvāhana, unequalled in prowess. The horse was taken to the king; but when he read the writing on the plate on its head, he knew that it belonged to the Pāṇḍavas, and that his father Arjuna had arrived in the kingdom; and, hastening to him, respectfully offered his kingdom and his treasures along with the horse. Arjuna, in an evil hour, struck the head of Babhruvāhana and upbraided him for his cowardice saying that if he had possessed true valour and had been his true son, he should not have been afraid of his father and submitted to him so meekly. At these words the brave youth was exceedingly irritated and discharged a crescent-shaped arrow at Arjuna which severed his head from his body. He was, however, restored to life by Ulūpī who happened to be then with Chitrāṅgadā; and having acknowledged Babhruvāhana as his true son, he resumed his journey.]
bihlaṇaḥ बिह्लणः N. of a poet, the author of the Vikramāṅkadevacharita.
brahman ब्रह्मन् n. [बृंह्-मनिन् नकारस्याकारे ऋतो रत्वम्; cf. Uṇ.4.145.] 1 The Supreme Being, regarded as impersonal and divested of all quality and action; (according to the Vedāntins, Brahman is both the efficient and the material cause of the visible universe, the all-pervading soul and spirit of the universe, the essence from which all created things are produced and into which they are absorbed; अस्ति तावन्नित्यशुद्धबुद्धमुक्तस्वभावं सर्वज्ञं सर्वशक्तिसमन्वितं ब्रह्म Ś. B.); ... यत्प्रयन्त्यभिसंविशन्ति । तद् विजिज्ञा- सस्व । तद् ब्रह्मेति Tai. Up.3.1; समीभूता दृष्टिस्त्रिभुवनमपि ब्रह्म मनुते Bh.3.84; Ku.3.15; दर्शनं तस्य लाभः स्यात् त्वं हि ब्रह्ममयो निधिः Mb. -2 A hymn of praise. -3 A sacred text; मैवं स्याद् ब्रह्मविक्रिया Bhāg.9.1.17. -4 The Vedas; ब्रह्मणः प्रणवं कुर्यात् Ms.2.74; यद् ब्रह्म सम्यगाम्नातम् Ku.6.16; U.1.15; समस्तवदनोद्गीतब्रह्मणे ब्रह्मणे नमः Bm.1.1; Bg.3.15. -5 The sacred and mystic syllable om; एकाक्षरं परं ब्रह्म Ms.2.83. -6 The priestly of Brahmanical class (collectively); तदेतद् ब्रह्म क्षत्रं विट् शूद्रः Bṛi. Up.1.4.15; ब्रह्मैव संनियन्तृ स्यात् क्षत्रं हि ब्रह्मसंभवम् Ms.9.32. -7 The power or energy of a Brāhmaṇa; पवनाग्निसमागमो ह्ययं सहितं ब्रह्म यदस्त्रतेजसा R.8.4. -8 Religious penance or austerities. -9 Celibacy, chastity; शाश्वते ब्रह्मणि वर्तते Ś.1. -1 Final emancipation or beatitude. -11 Theology, sacred learning, religious knowledge. -12 The Brāhmaṇa portion of the Veda. -13 Wealth. -14 Food. -15 A Brāhmaṇa. -16 Truth. -17 The Brāhmaṇahood (ब्राह्मणत्व); येन विप्लावितं ब्रह्म वृषल्यां जायतात्मना Bhāg.6.2.26. -18 The soul (आत्मा); एतदेषां ब्रह्म Bṛi. Up.1.6.1-3. -19 See ब्रह्मास्त्र. अब्राह्मणे न हि ब्रह्म ध्रुवं तिष्ठेत् कदाचन Mb.12.3.31. -2 The गायत्री mantra; उभे सन्ध्ये च यतवाग्जपन् ब्रह्म समाहितः Bhāg.7. 12.2. -m. 1 The Supreme Being, the Creator, the first deity of the sacred Hindu Trinity, to whom is entrusted the work of creating the world. [The accounts of the creation of the world differ in many respects; but, according to Manu Smṛiti, the universe was enveloped in darkness, and the self-existent Lord manifested himself dispelling the gloom. He first created the waters and deposited in them a seed. This seed became a golden egg, in which he himself was born as Brahmā-the progenitor of all the worlds. Then the Lord divided the egg into two parts, with which he constructed heaven and earth. He then created the ten Prajāpatis or mind-born sons who completed the work of creation. According to another account (Rāmāyaṇa) Brahmā sprang from ether; from him was descended marīchi, and his son was Kaśyapa. From Kaśyapa sprang Vivasvata, and Manu sprang from him. Thus Manu was the procreator of all human beings. According to a third account, the Supreme deity, after dividing the golden egg, separated himself into two parts, male and female, from which sprang Virāj and from him Manu; cf. Ku.2.7. and Ms.1.32 et seq. Mythologically Brahman is represented as being born in a lotus which sprang from the navel of Viṣṇu, and as creating the world by an illicit connection with his own daughter Sarasvatī. Brahman had originally five heads, but one of them was cut down by Śiva with the ring-finger or burnt down by the fire from his third eye. His vehicle is a swan. He has numerous epithets, most of which have reference to his birth, in a lotus.] -2 A Brāhmaṇa; Ś.4.4. -3 A devout man. -4 One of the four Ritvijas or priests employed at a Soma sacrifice. -5 One conversant with sacred knowledge. -6 The sun. -7 Intellect. -8 An epithet of the seven Prajāpatis :-मरीचि, अत्रि, अङ्गिरस्, पुलस्त्य, पुलह, क्रतु and वसिष्ठ. -9 An epithet of Bṛihaspati; ब्रह्मन्नध्ययनस्य नैष समयस्तूष्णीं बहिः स्थीयताम् Hanumannāṭaka. -1 The planet Jupiter; ब्रह्मराशिं समावृत्य लोहिताङ्गो व्यवस्थितः Mb. 3.6.18. -11 The world of Brahmā (ब्रह्मलोक); दमस्त्यागो- $प्रमादश्च ते त्रयो ब्रह्मणो हयाः Mb.11.7.23. -1 Of Śiva. -Comp. -अक्षरम् the sacred syllable om. -अङ्गभूः 1 a horse. -2 one who has touched the several parts of his body by the repetition of Mantras; स च त्वदेकेषुनिपात- साध्यो ब्रह्माङ्गभूर्ब्रह्मणि योजितात्मा Ku.3.15 (see Malli. thereon). -अञ्जलिः 1 respectful salutation with folded hands while repeating the Veda. -2 obeisance to a preceptor (at the beginning and conclusion of the repetition of the Veda); अपश्यद्यावतो वेदविदां ब्रह्माञ्जलीनसौ N.17.183; ब्रह्मारम्भे$वसाने च पादौ ग्राह्यौ गुरोः सदा । संहत्य हस्तावध्येयं स हि ब्रह्माञ्जलिः स्मृतः ॥ Ms.2.71. -अण्डम् 'the egg of Brahman', the primordial egg from which the universe sprang, the world, universe; ब्रह्माण्डच्छत्रदण्डः Dk.1. ˚कपालः the hemisphere of the world. ˚भाण्डोदरम् the hollow of the universe; ब्रह्मा येन कुलालवन्नियमितो ब्रह्माण्ड- भाण्डोदरे Bh.2.95. ˚पुराणम् N. of one of the eighteen Purāṇas. -अदि(द्रि)जाता an epithet of the river Godāvarī. -अधिगमः, अधिगमनम् study of the Vedas. -अम्भस् n. the urine of a cow. -अभ्यासः the study of the Vedas. -अयणः, -नः an epithet of Nārāyaṇa. -अरण्यम् 1 a place of religious study. -2 N. of a forest. -अर्पणम् 1 the offering of sacred knowledge. -2 devoting oneself to the Supreme Spirit. -3 N. of a spell. -4 a mode of performing the Śrāddha in which no Piṇḍas or rice-balls are offered. -अस्त्रम् a missile presided over by Brahman. -आत्मभूः a horse. -आनन्दः bliss or rapture of absorption into Brahma; ब्रह्मानन्दसाक्षात्क्रियां Mv.7.31. -आरम्भः beginning to repeat the Vedas; Ms.2.71. -आवर्तः N. of the tract between the rivers Sarasvatī and Dṛiṣavatī (northwest of Hastināpura); सरस्वतीदृषद्वत्योर्देवनद्योर्यदन्तरम् । तं देवनिर्मितं देशं ब्रह्मावर्तं प्रचक्षते Ms.2.17,19; Me.5. -आश्रमः = ब्रह्मचर्याश्रमः; वेदाध्ययननित्यत्वं क्षमा$थाचार्यपूजनम् । अथोपाध्यायशुश्रूषा ब्रह्माश्रमपदं भवेत् ॥ Mb.12.66.14. -आसनम् a particular position for profound meditation. -आहुतिः f. 1 the offering of prayers; see ब्रह्मयज्ञ. -2 the study of the Vedas. -उज्झता forgetting or neglecting the Vedas; Ms.11.57 (अधीतवेदस्यानभ्यासेन विस्मरणम् Kull.). -उत्तर a. 1 treating principally of Brahman. -2 consisting chiefly of Brāhmaṇas. -उद्यम् explaining the Veda, treatment or discussion of theological problems; ब्राह्मणा भगवन्तो हन्ताहमिमं द्वौ प्रश्नौ प्रक्ष्यामि तौ चेन्मे वक्ष्यति न वै जातु युष्माकमिमं कश्चिद् ब्रह्मोद्यं जेतेति Bṛi. Up. -उपदेशः instruction in the Vedas or sacred knowledge. ˚नेतृ m. the Palāśa tree. -ऋषिः (ब्रह्मर्षिः or ब्रह्माऋषिः) a Brahmanical sage. ˚देशः N. of a district; (कुरुक्षेत्रं च मत्स्याश्च पञ्चालाः शूरसेनकाः । एष ब्रह्मर्षिदेशो वै ब्रह्मावर्तादनन्तरः Ms.2.19). -ओदनः, -नम् food given to the priests at a sacrifice. -कन्यका an epithet of Sarasvatī. -करः a tax paid to the priestly class. -कर्मन् n. 1 the religious duties of a Brāhmaṇa, the office of Brahman, one of the four principal priests at a sacrifice. -कला an epithet of Dākṣāyaṇī (who dwells in the heart of man). -कल्पः an age of Brahman. -काण्डम् the portion of the Veda relating to spiritual knowledge. -काष्ठः the mulberry tree. -किल्बिषम् an offence against Brāhmaṇas. -कूटः a thoroughly learned Brāhmaṇa. -कूर्चम् a kind of penance; अहोरात्रोषितो भूत्वा पौर्णमास्यां विशेषतः । पञ्चगव्यं पिबेत् प्रातर्ब्रह्मकूर्चमिति स्मृतम् ॥. -कृत् one who prays. (-m.) an epithet of Viṣṇu. -कोशः the treasure of the Vedas, the entire collection of the Vedas; क्षात्रो धर्मः श्रित इव तनुं ब्रह्मकोशस्य गुप्त्यै U.6.9. -गायत्री N. of a magical mantra composed after the model of गायत्री mantra. -गिरिः N. of a mountain. -गीता f. The preaching of Brahmā as included in the Anuśāsana parva of the Mahābhārata. -गुप्तः N. of an astronomer born in 598. A. D. -गोलः the universe. -गौरवम् respect for the missile presided over by Brahman; विष्कम्भितुं समर्थो$पि ना$चलद् ब्रह्मगौरवात् Bk.9.76 (मा भून्मोघो ब्राह्मः पाश इति). -ग्रन्थिः 1 N. of a particular joint of the body. -2 N. of the knot which ties together the 3 threads of the यज्ञोपवीत. -ग्रहः, -पिशाचः, -पुरुषः, -रक्षस् n., -राक्षसः a kind of ghost, the ghost of a Brāhmaṇa, who during his life time indulges in a disdainful spirit and carries away the wives of others and the property of Brāhmaṇas; (परस्य योषितं हृत्वा ब्रह्मस्वमपहृत्य च । अरण्ये निर्जले देशे भवति ब्रह्मराक्षसः ॥ Y.3.212; cf. Ms.12.6 also). -ग्राहिन् a. worthy to receive that which is holy. -घातकः, -घातिन् m. the murderer of a Brāhmaṇa. -घातिनी a woman on the second day of her courses. -घोषः 1 recital of the Veda. -2 the sacred word, the Vedas collectively; U.6.9 (v. l.). -घ्नः the murderer of a Brāhmaṇa. -चक्रम् 1 The circle of the universe; Śvet. Up. -2 N. of a magical circle. -चर्यम् 1 religious studentship, the life of celibacy passed by a Brāhmaṇa boy in studying the Vedas, the first stage or order of his life; अविप्लुतब्रह्मचर्यो गृहस्थाश्रममाचरेत् Ms.3.2;2. 249; Mv.1.24; यदिच्छन्तो ब्रह्मचर्यं चरन्ति तत्ते पदं संग्रहेण ब्रवीम्योमित्येतत् Kaṭh. -2 religious study, self-restraint. -3 celibacy, chastity, abstinence, continence; also ब्रह्म- चर्याश्रम. (-र्यः) a religious student; see ब्रह्मचारिन्. (-र्या) chastity, celibacy. ˚व्रतम् a vow of chastity. ˚स्खलनम् falling off from chastity, incontinence. -चारिकम् the life of a religious student. -चारिन् a. 1 studying the Vedas. -2 practising continence of chastity. (-m.) a religious student, a Brāhmaṇa in the first order of his life, who continues to live with his spiritual guide from the investiture with sacred thread and performs the duties pertaining to his order till he settles in life; ब्रह्मचारी वेदमधीत्य वेदौ वेदान् वा चरेद् ब्रह्मचर्यम् Kaṭhaśrutyopaniṣad 17; Ms.2.41,175;6.87. -2 one who vows to lead the life of a celibate. -3 an epithet of Śiva. -4 of Skanda. -चारिणी 1 an epithet of Durgā. -2 a woman who observes the vow of chastity. -जः an epithet of Kārtikeya. -जन्मन् n. 1 spirtual birth. -2 investiture with the sacred thread; ब्रह्मजन्म हि विप्रस्य प्रेत्य चेह च शाश्वतम् Ms.2.146,17. -जारः the paramour of a Brāhmaṇa's wife; Rāmtā. Up. -जिज्ञासा desire to know Brahman; अयातो ब्रह्मजिज्ञासा Brahmasūtra. -जीविन् a. living by sacred knowledge. (-m.) a mercenary Brāhmaṇa (who converts his sacred knowledge into trade), a Brāhmaṇa who lives by sacred knowledge. -ज्ञानम् knowledge about Brahman; वेदान्तसाङ्ख्यसिद्धान्त- ब्रह्मज्ञानं वदाम्यहम् Garuḍa. P. -ज्ञ, -ज्ञानिन् a. one who knows Brahma. (-ज्ञः) 1 an epithet of Kārtikeya. -2 of Viṣṇu. -ज्ञानम् true or divine knowledge, knowledge of the identity of the universe with Brahma; ब्रह्मज्ञान- प्रभासंध्याकालो गच्छति धीमताम् Paśupata. Up.7. -ज्येष्ठः the elder brother of Brahman; ब्रह्मज्येष्ठमुपासते T. Up.2.5. (-a.) having Brahmā as first or chief. -ज्योतिस् n. 1 the light of Brahma or the Supreme Being. -2 an epithet of Śiva. -तत्त्वम् the true knowledge of the Supreme Spirit. -तन्त्रम् all that is taught in the Veda. -तालः (in music) a kind of measure. -तेजस् n. 1 the glory of Brahman. -2 Brahmanic lustre, the lustre or glory supposed to surround a Brāhmaṇa. -दः a spiritual preceptor; Ms.4.232. -दण्डः 1 the curse of a Brāhmaṇa; एकेन ब्रह्मदण्डेन बहवो नाशिता मम Rām. -2 a tribute paid to a Brāhmaṇa. -3 an epithet of Śiva. -4 N. of a mythical weapon (ब्रह्मास्त्र); स्वरस्य रामो जग्राह ब्रह्मदण्डमिवापरम् Rām.3.3.24. -5 magic, spells, incantation (अभिचार); ब्रह्मदण्डमदृष्टेषु दृष्टेषु चतुरङ्गिणीम् Mb.12. 13.27. -दर्मा Ptychotis Ajowan (Mar. ओवा). -दानम् 1 the imparting of sacred knowledge. -2 sacred knowledge, received as an inheritance or hereditary gift; सर्वेषामेव दानानां ब्रह्मदानं विशिष्यते Ms.4.233. -दायः 1 instruction in the Vedas, the imparting of sacred knowledge. -2 sacred knowledge received as an inheritance; तं प्रतीतं स्वधर्मेण ब्रह्मदायहरं पितुः Ms.3.3. -3 the earthly possession of a Brāhmaṇa. -दायादः 1 one who receives the Vedas as his hereditary gift, a Brāhmaṇa. -2 the son of a Brāhmaṇa. -दारुः the mulberry tree. -दिनम् a day of Brahman. -दूषक a. falsifying the vedic texts; Hch. -देय a. married according to the Brāhma form of marriage; ब्रह्मदेयात्मसंतानो ज्येष्ठसामग एव च Ms.3.185. (-यः) the Brāhma form of marriage. (-यम्) 1 land granted to Brahmaṇas; श्रोत्रियेभ्यो ब्रह्मदेयान्यदण्डकराण्यभिरूपदायकानि प्रयच्छेत् Kau. A.2.1.19. -2 instruction in the sacred knowledge. -दैत्यः a Brāhmaṇa changed into a demon; cf. ब्रह्मग्रह. -द्वारम् entrance into Brahmā; ब्रह्मद्वारमिदमित्येवैतदाह यस्त- पसाहतपाप्मा Maitra. Up.4.4. -द्विष्, -द्वेषिन् a. 1 hating Brāhmaṇas; Ms.3.154 (Kull.). -2 hostile to religious acts or devotion, impious, godless. -द्वेषः hatred of Brāhmaṇas. -धर a. possessing sacred knowledge. -नदी an epithet of the river Sarasvatī. -नाभः an epithet of Viṣṇu. -निर्वाणम् absorption into the Supreme Spirit; स्थित्वास्यामन्तकाले$पि ब्रह्मनिर्वाणमृच्छति Bg.2.72. -2 = ब्रह्मानन्द q. v.; तं ब्रह्मनिर्वाणसमाधिमाश्रितम् Bhāg.4.6.39. -निष्ठ a. absorbed in or intent on the contemplation of the Supreme Spirit; ब्रह्मनिष्ठस्तथा योगी पृथग्भावं न विन्दति Aman. Up.1.31. (-ष्ठः) the mulberry tree. -नीडम् the resting-place of Brahman. -पदम् 1 the rank or position of a Brāhmaṇa. -2 the place of the Supreme Spirit. -पवित्रः the Kuśa grass. -परिषद् f. an assembly of Brāhmṇas. -पादपः, -पत्रः the Palāśa tree. -पारः the final object of all sacred knowledge. -पारायणम् a complete study of the Vedas, the entire Veda; याज्ञवल्क्यो मुनिर्यस्मै ब्रह्मपारायणं जगौ U.4.9; Mv.1.14. -पाशः N. of a missile presided over by Brahman; अबध्नादपरिस्कन्दं ब्रह्मपाशेन विस्फुरन् Bk.9.75. -पितृ m. an epithet of Viṣṇu. -पुत्रः 1 a son of Brahman. -2 N. of a (male) river which rises in the eastern extremity of the Himālaya and falls with the Ganges into the Bay of Bengal. (-त्रा) 1 a kind of vegetable poison. -2 See ब्रह्मपुत्रः (2). (-त्री) an epithet of the river Sarasvatī. -पुरम् the heart; दिव्ये ब्रह्मपुरे ह्येष व्योम्न्यात्मा प्रतिष्ठितः Muṇḍ.2.2.7. -2 the body; Ch. Up. -पुरम्, -पुरी 1 the city of Brahman (in heaven). -2 N. of Benares. -पुराणम् N. of one of the eighteen Purāṇas. -पुरुषः a minister of Brahman (the five vital airs). -प्रलयः the universal destruction at the end of one hundred years of Brahman in which even the Supreme Being is supposed to be swallowed up. -प्राप्तिः f. absorption into the Supreme spirit. -बलम् the Brahmanical power. -बन्धुः 1 a contemptuous term for a Brāhmaṇa, an unworthy Brāhmaṇa (cf. Mar. भटुर्गा); वस ब्रह्मचर्यं न वै सोम्यास्मत्कुलीनो$ननूज्य ब्रह्मबन्धुरिव भवतीति Ch. Up.6.1.1; ब्रह्मबन्धुरिति स्माहम् Bhāg.1.81.16; M.4; V.2. -2 one who is a Brāhmaṇa only by caste, a nominal Brāhmaṇa. -बिन्दुः a drop of saliva sputtered while reciting the Veda. -बीजम् 1 the mystic syllable om; मनो यच्छेज्जितश्वासो ब्रह्मबीजमविस्मरन् Bhāg.2.1.17. -2 the mulberry tree. -ब्रुवः, -ब्रुवाणः one who pretends to be a Brāhmaṇa. -भवनम् the abode of Brahman. -भागः 1 the mulberry tree. -2 the share of the chief priest; अथास्मै ब्रह्मभागं पर्याहरन्ति Śat. Br. -भावः absorption into the Supreme Spirit -भावनम् imparting religious knowledge; छेत्ता ते हृदयग्रन्थिमौदर्यो ब्रह्मभावनः Bhāg.3.24.4. -भिद् a. dividing the one Brahma into many. -भुवनम् the world of Brahman; आ ब्रह्म- भुवनाल्लोकाः पुनरावर्तिनो$र्जुन Bg.8.16. -भूत a. become one with Brahma, absorbed into the Supreme Spirit; आयुष्मन्तः सर्व एव ब्रह्मभूता हि मे मताः Mb.1.1.14. -भूतिः f. twilight. -भूमिजा a kind of pepper. -भूयम् 1 identity with Brahma, absorption or dissolution into Brahma, final emancipation; स ब्रह्मभूयं गतिमागजाम R.18.28; ब्रह्मभूयाय कल्पते Bg.14.26; Ms.1.98. -2 Brahmanahood, the state or rank of a Brāhmaṇa. धृष्टाद्धार्ष्टमभूत् क्षत्र ब्रह्मभूयं गतं क्षितौ Bhāg.9.2.17. -भूयस n. absorption into Brahma. -मङ्गलदेवता an epithet of Lakshmī. -महः a festival in honour of Brāhmaṇas. -मित्र a. having Brāhmaṇas for friends. -मीमांसा the Vedānta philosophy which inquires into the nature of Brahma or Supreme Spirit. -मुहूर्तः a particular hour of the day. -मूर्ति a. having the form of Brahman. -मूर्धभृत् m. an epithet of Śiva. -मेखलः the Munja plant. -यज्ञः one of the five daily Yajñas or sacrifices (to be performed by a householder), teaching and reciting the Vedas; अध्यापनं ब्रह्मयज्ञः Ms.3.7 (अध्यापनशब्देन अध्य- यनमपि गृह्यते Kull.) -योगः cultivation or acquisition of spiritual knowledge. -योनि a. 1 sprung from Brahman; गुरुणा ब्रह्मयोनिना R.1.64. (-निः) f. 1 original source in Brahman. -2 the author of the Vedas or of Brahman; किं पुनर्ब्रह्मयोनेर्यस्तव चेतसि वर्तते Ku.6.18. ˚स्थ a. intent on the means of attaining sacred knowledge; ब्राह्मणा ब्रह्मयोनिस्था ये स्वकर्मण्यवस्थिताः Ms.1.74. -रत्नम् a valuable present made to a Brāhmaṇa. -रन्ध्रम् an aperture in the crown of the head through which the soul is said to escape on its leaving the body; आरोप्य ब्रह्मरन्ध्रेण ब्रह्म नीत्वोत्सृजेत्तनुम् Bhāg.11.15.24. -राक्षसः See ब्रह्मग्रह; छिद्रं हि मृगयन्ते स्म विद्वांसो ब्रह्मराक्षसाः Rām. 1.8.17. -रवः muttering of prayers. -रसः Brahma's savour. ˚आसवः Brahma's nectar. -रातः an epithet of Śuka; Bhāg.1.9.8. -रात्रः early dawn. -रात्रिः an epithet of Yājñavalkya, (wrong for ब्रह्मरातिः) -राशिः 1 the whole mass or circle of sacred knowledge. -2 an epithet of Paraśurāma. -3 a particular constellation. -रीतिः f. a kind of brass. -रे(ले)खा -लिखितम्, -लेखः lines written by the creator on the forehead of a man which indicate his destiny, the predestined lot of any man. -लोकः the world of Brahman. -लौकिक a. inhabiting the ब्रह्मलोक. -वक्तृ m. an expounder of the Vedas. -वद्यम् knowledge of Brahma. -वधः, -वध्या, -हत्या the murder of a Brāhmaṇa. -वर्चस् n., -वर्चसम् 1 divine glory or splendour, spiritual pre-eminence or holiness resulting from sacred knowledge; स य एवमेतद्रथन्तरमग्नौ प्रोतं वेद ब्रह्मवर्चस्यन्नादो भवति Ch. Up.2.12.2; (तस्य) हेतुस्त्वद्ब्रह्मवर्चसम् R.1.63; Ms.2.37;4.94. -2 the inherent sanctity or power of a Brāhmaṇa; Ś.6. -वर्चसिन्, -वर्चस्विन् a. holy or sanctified by spiritual pre-eminence, holy; अपृथग्धीरुपा- सीत ब्रह्मवर्चस्व्यकल्मषः Bhāg.11.17.32. (-m.) an eminent or holy Brāhmaṇa; ब्रह्मवर्चस्विनः पुत्रा जायन्ते शिष्टसंमताः Ms. 3.39. -वर्तः see ब्रह्मावर्त. -वर्धनम् copper. -वाच् f. the sacred text. -वादः a discourse on the sacred texts; ब्रह्मवादः सुसंवृत्तः श्रुतयो यत्र शेरते Bhāg.1.87.1. -वादिन् m. 1 one who teaches or expounds the Vedas; U.1; Māl.1. -2 a follower of the Vedānta philosophy; तस्याभिषेक आरब्धो ब्राह्मणैर्ब्रह्मवादिभिः Bhāg.4.15.11. (-नी) an epithet of Gāyatrī; आयाहि वरदे देवि त्र्यक्षरे ब्रह्मवादिनि Gāyatryāvāhanamantra. -वासः the abode of Brāhmaṇas. -विद्, -विद a. 1 knowing the Supreme Spirit; ब्रह्मविद् ब्रह्मैव भवति. (-m.) a sage, theologian, philosopher. -विद्या, -वित्त्वम् knowledge of the Supreme Spirit. ब्रह्मविद्यापरिज्ञानं ब्रह्मप्राप्तिकरं स्थितम् Śuka. Up.3.1. -विन्दुः see ब्रह्मबिन्दु. -विवर्धनः an epithet of Indra. -विहारः a pious conduct, perfect state; Buddh. -वीणा a particular Vīṇā. -वृक्षः 1 the Palāśa tree. -2 the Udumbara tree. -वृत्तिः f. livelihood of a Brāhmaṇa; ब्रह्मवृत्त्या हि पूर्णत्वं तया पूर्णत्वमभ्यसेत् Tejobindu Up.1.42. -वृन्दम् an assemblage of Brāhmaṇas. -वेदः 1 knowledge of the Vedas. -2 monotheism, knowledge of Brahma. -3 the Veda of the Brāhmaṇas (opp. क्षत्रवेद). -4 N. of the Atharvaveda; ब्रह्मवेदस्याथर्वर्णं शुक्रमत एव मन्त्राः प्रादु- र्बभूवुः Praṇava Up.4. -वेदिन् a. knowing the Vedas; cf. ब्रह्मविद्. -वैवर्तम् N. of one of the eighteen Purāṇas -व्रतम् a vow of chastity. -शल्यः Acacia Arabica (Mar. बाभळ). -शाला 1 the hall of Brahman. -2 a place for reciting the Vedas. -शासनम् 1 a decree addressed to Brāhmaṇas. -2 a command of Brahman. -3 the command of a Brāhmaṇa. -4 instruction about sacred duty. -शिरस्, -शीर्षन् n. N. of a particular missile; अस्त्रं ब्रह्मशिरस्तस्मै ततस्तोषाद्ददौ गुरुः Bm.1.649. -श्री N. of a Sāman. -संसद् f. an assembly of Brāhmaṇas. -संस्थ a. wholly devoted to the sacred knowledge (ब्रह्म); ब्रह्मसंस्थो$मृतत्वमेति Ch. Up.2.23.1. -सती an epithet of the river Sarasvatī. -सत्रम् 1 repeating and teaching the Vedas (= ब्रह्मयज्ञ q. v.); ब्रह्मसत्रेण जीवति Ms.4.9; ब्रह्मसत्रे व्यवस्थितः Mb.12.243.4. -2 meditation of Brahma (ब्रह्मविचार); स्वायंभुव ब्रह्मसत्रं जनलोके$भवत् पुरा Bhāg.1.87.9. -3 absorption into the Supreme Spirit. -सत्रिन् a. offering the sacrifice of prayer. -सदस् n. the residence of Brahman. -सभा the hall or court of Brahman. -संभव a. sprung or coming from Brahman. (-वः) N. of Nārada. -सर्पः a kind of snake. -सवः distillation of Soma. -सायुज्यम् complete identification with the Supreme Spirit; cf. ब्रह्मभूय. -सार्ष्टिता identification or union or equality with Brahma; Ms.4.232. -सावर्णिः N. of the tenth Manu; दशमो ब्रह्मसावर्णिरुपश्लोकसुतो महान् Bhāg.8.13.21. -सुतः 1 N. of Nārada, Marīchi &c. -2 a kind of Ketu. -सुवर्चला f. 1 N. of a medicinal plant (ब्राह्मी ?). -2 an infusion (क्वथितमुदक); पिबेद् ब्रह्मसुवर्चलाम् Ms.11.159. -सूः 1 N. of Aniruddha. -2 N. of the god of love. -सूत्रम् 1 the sacred thread worn by the Brāhmaṇas or the twice-born (द्विज) over the shoulder; Bhāg. 1.39.51. -2 the aphorisms of the Vedānta philosophy by Bādarāyaṇa; ब्रह्मसूत्रपदैश्चैव हेतुमद्भिर्विनिश्चितैः Bg.13.4. -सूत्रिन् a. invested with the sacred thread. -सृज् m. an epithet of Śiva. -स्तम्बः the world, universe; ब्रह्मस्तम्बनिकुञ्जपुञ्जितघनज्याघोषघोरं धनुः Mv.3.48. -स्तेयम् acquiring holy knowledge by unlawful means; स ब्रह्मस्तेयसंयुक्तो नरकं प्रतिपद्यते Ms.2.116. -स्थली a place for learning the Veda (पाठशाला); ...... ब्रह्मस्थलीषु च । सरी- सृपाणि दृश्यन्ते ... Rām.6.1.16. -स्थानः the mulberry tree. -स्वम् the property or possessions of a Brāhmaṇa; परस्य योषितं हृत्वा ब्रह्मस्वमपहृत्य च । अरण्ये निर्जले देशे भवति ब्रह्मराक्षसः ॥ Y.3.212. ˚हारिन् a. stealing a Brāhmaṇa's property. -स्वरूप a. of the nature of the Supreme Spirit. -हत्या, -वधः Brahmanicide, killing a Brāhmaṇa; ब्रह्महत्यां वा एते घ्नन्ति Trisuparṇa. हन् a. murderer of a Brāhmaṇa; ब्रह्महा द्वादश समाः कुटीं कृत्वा वने वसेत् Ms.11.72. -हुतम् one of the five daily Yajñas or sacrifices, which consists in offering the rites of hospitality to guests; cf. Ms.3.74. -हृदयः, -यम् N. of a star (Capella).
bhāgaḥ भागः [भज् भावे घञ्] 1 A part, portion, share, division; as in भागहर, भागशः &c. -2 Allotment, distribution, partition. -3 Lot, fate; निर्माणभागः परिणतः U.4. -4 A part of any whole; a fraction. -5 The numerator of a fraction. -6 A quarter, one-fourth part. -7 A degree or the 36th part of the circumference of a circle. -8 The 3th part of a zodiacal sign. -9 The quotient. -1 Room, space, spot, region, place; अयनेषु च सर्वेषु यथाभागमवस्थिताः Bg.1.11.; R.18.47. -11 A portion payable to Government; सीता, भागो, बलिः, करो ...... राष्ट्रम् Kau.A.2.6.24. -12 One of the four contentments (Sā&ndot. phil.); आध्यात्मिकाश्चतस्रः प्रकृत्युपादान- कालभागाख्याः (v. l. भाग्याख्याः) Sā&ndot. K.5. -13 A half-rupee. -14 The number eleven. -Comp. -अनुबन्धजातिः f. assimilation of quantities by fractional increase. -अपवाहजातिः, -अपवाहनम् f. assimilation of quantities by fractional decrease. -अपहारिन् a. receiving a share. -अर्थिन् a. desirous of a share. -अर्ह a. entitled to a share or inheritance. -कल्पना allotment of shares. -जातिः f. reduction of fractions to a common denominator (in math.). -धानम् a treasury. -धेयम् 1 a share, part, portion; उच्छिष्टं भागधेयं स्याद्दर्मेषु विकिरश्च यः Ms.3.245; नीवारभागधेयोचितैर्मृगैः R.1.5. -2 fortune, destiny, luck. -3 good fortune or luck; तद् भागधेयं परमं पशूनाम् Bh.2.12. -4 property. -5 happiness. (-यः) 1 a tax; अन्यमेव भागधेयमेते तपस्विनो निर्वपन्ति Ś.2. -2 an heir. -भाज् a. interested, a sharer or partner. -भुज् m. a king, sovereign. -मातृ f. (in alg.) a particular rule of division. -लक्षणा a kind of लक्षणा or secondary use of a word by which it partly loses and partly retains its primary meaning; also called जहदजहल्लक्षणा; e. g. सो$यं देवदत्तः. -लेख्यम् a partition-deed; विभागपत्रं कुर्वन्ति भागलेख्यं तदुच्यते Śukra.2.297. -हरः 1 a co-heir. -2 division (in math.) -हारः division (in math.). -हारिन् a. entitled to a share, inheriting. (-m.) 1 an heir. -2 division.
bhājya भाज्य a. [भज्-ण्यत्] Divisible. -ज्यम् 1 A portion, share. -2 An inheritance. -3 (In arith.) The dividend.
yugam युगम् 1 A yoke (m. also in this sense); युगव्यायतबाहुः R.3.34;1.87; Śi.3.68. -2 A pair, couple, brace; कुचयोर्युगेन तरसा कलिता Śi.9.72; स्तनयुग Ś.1.19. -3 A couple of stanzas forming one sentence; see युग्म. -4 An age of the world; (the Yugas are four:-- कृत or सत्य, त्रेता, द्वापर and कलि; the duration of each is said to be respectively 1,728,; 1,296,; 864.; and 432, years of men, the four together comprising 4,32, years of men which is equal to one Mahāyuga q. v.; it is also supposed that the regularly descending length of the Yugas represents a corresponding physical and moral deterioration in the people who live during each age, Krita being called the 'golden' and Kali or the present age the 'iron' age); धर्मसंस्थापनार्थाय संभवामि युगे युगे Bg.4.8; युगशतपरिवर्तान् Ś7.34. -5 (Hence) A long period of years (कालचक्र); युगं वा परिवर्तेत यद्येवं स्याद् यथा$$त्थ माम् Mb.5.16.99. -6 A generation, life; आ सप्तमाद् युगात् Ms.1.64; जात्युत्कर्षो युगे ज्ञेयः पञ्चमे सप्तमे$पि वा Y.1.96. (युगे = जन्मनि Mit.). -7 An expression for the number 'four', rarely for 'twelve', -8 A period of five years. -9 A measure of length equal to four Hastas. -1 A part of a chariot or plough. -11 N. of a particular configuration of the moon. -Comp. -अंशकः a year. -अध्यक्षः 1 N. of Prajāpati. -2 of Śiva. -अन्तः 1 the end of the yoke. -2 the end of an age, end or destruction of the world; युगान्तकालप्रति- संहृतात्मनो जगन्ति यस्यां सविकासमासत Śi.1.23; R.13.6. -3 meridian, mid-day. -अन्तर 1 a kind of yoke. -2 a succeeding generation. -3 another division of the sky; युगान्तरमारूढः सविता Ś.4. -अवधिः end or destruction of the world; पयस्यभिद्रवति भुवं युगावधौ Śi.17.4. -आद्या the first day of a Yuga. -कीलकः the pin of a yoke. -क्षयः destruction of the world. -धरः the pole of a carriage. -धुर् f. the pin of a yoke. -पत्रः, -पत्रकः the mountain ebony. -पार्श्वग a. going to the side of the yoke, (said of an ox while being broken in to the yoke). -बाहु a. long-armed; युगपद्युगबाहुभ्यः प्राप्तेभ्यः प्राज्यविक्रमाः Ku.2.18. -मात्रम् the length of a yoke (= 4 hands). -वरत्रम् a yoke-strap; युगवरत्रे उपदंशिते ईषाचक्रादिसंनिधाने चेद् अक्षमानयेत्युच्यते तदा यानाक्षमधिकृत्य ब्रूते इति गम्यते, न तु विदेवनाक्षमिति ŚB. on MS.6.8.35.
riktham रिक्थम् [रिच्-थक् Uṇ.2.7] 1 Inheritance, bequest, property left at death; (in law) unobstructed property; विभजेरन् सुताः पित्रोरूर्ध्वं रिक्थमृणं समम् Y.1.117; Ms.9.14; ननु गर्भः पित्र्यं रिक्थमर्हति Ś.6. -2 Property in general, wealth, possessions; बालदायादिकं रिक्थं तावद् राजानुपालयेत् Ms.8.27. -3 Gold. -Comp. -आद, -ग्राह, -भागिन्, -हर a. receiving an inheritance, inheriting property. (-m.) an heir, a son; तं नारदः प्रियतमो रिक्थादाना- मनुव्रतः Bhāg.2.9.4. -जातम् the aggregate estate (of a deceased person). -विभागः partition of property. -हारिन् m. 1 an heir; किं रिक्थहारैः स्वजनाख्यदस्युभिः Bhāg.8.22.9. -2 a maternal uncle. -3 the seed of the fig-tree.
roṣita रोषित a. Enraged, irritated, provoked.
viprakṛta विप्रकृत p. p. 1 Hurt, offended, injured; एवं विप्रकृते लोके दैत्येन्द्रानुचरैर्मुहुः Bhāg.7.2.16. -2 Insulted, abused, treated with contumely. -3 Opposed -4 Retaliated, requited. -5 Oppressed, troubled, disturbed. -6 Irritated, provoked; विप्रकृतः पन्नगः फणां कुरुते Ś.6.31.
vibhaktiḥ विभक्तिः f. 1 Separation, division, partition, apportionment; कालं कालविभक्तीश्च Ms.1.24; कथं सृष्टानि भूतानि कथं वर्णविभक्तयः Mb.12.182.3; कशापातेषु दृश्यन्ते नानावर्ण- विभक्तयः Pañcharātram 2.4. -2 Division, separation in interest. -3 A portion or share of inheritance. -4 (In gram). Inflection of nouns, a case or case-termination.
vibhāgaḥ विभागः 1 Division, partition, apportionment (as of inheritance); समस्तत्र विभागः स्यात् Ms.9.12,21; Y. 2.114. -2 The share of an inheritance. -3 A part or share in general. -4 Division, separation, disjunction (regarded in Nyāya phil. as a Guṇa); Ku.2.4; तत्त्ववित्तु महाबाहो गुणकर्मविभागयोः Bg.3.28. -5 The numerator of a fraction. -6 A section. -7 Arrangement. -Comp. -कल्पना, -भावना allotment of shares; विभागभावना ज्ञेया गृहक्षेत्रैश्च यौतकैः Y.2.149. -धर्मः the law of inheritance; Ms.1.115. -पत्रिका a deed of partition. -भाज् m. one who shares in a property already distributed; विभक्तेषु सुतो जातः सवर्णायां विभागभाक् Y.2.122. -रेखा partition-line, boundary between.
vimārgaṇam विमार्गणम् Searching, looking out for, seeking for. विमिश्र vimiśra विमिश्रित vimiśrita विमिश्र विमिश्रित a. Mixed, blended, mingled (with instr. or in comp.); पुंभिर्विमिश्रा नार्यश्च Mb.; दम्पत्योरिह को न को न तमसि व्रीडाविमिश्रो रसः Gīt.5.
śikhaṇḍin शिखण्डिन् a. [शिखण्डो$स्त्यस्य इनि] Crested, tufted. -m. A peacock; नदति स एष वधूसखः शिखण्डी U.3.18; R.1.39; Ku.1.15. -2 A cock. -3 An arrow. -4 A peacock's tail. -5 A kind of jasmine. -6 N. of Viṣṇu. -7 N. of a son of Drupada; शिखण्डी च महारथः Bg.1.17. [Śikhaṇḍin was originally a female, being Ambā born in the family of Drupada for wreaking her revenge upon Bhīṣma; (see Ambā). But from her very birth the girl was given out as a male child and brought up as such. In due course she was married to the daughter of Hiraṇyavarman, who was extremely sorry to find that she had got a veritable woman for her husband. Her father, therefore, resolved to attack the kingdom of Drupada for his having deceived him; but Śikhaṇḍin contrived, by practising austere penance in a forest, to exchange her sex with a Yakṣa and thus averted the calamity which threatened Drupada. Afterwards in the great Bhāratī war he proved a means of killing Bhīṣma, who declined to fight with a woman, when Arjuna put him forward as his hero. He was afterwards killed by Aśvatthāman.]
saṃrakta संरक्त p. p. 1 Coloured, red. -2 Impassioned, fired with passion; कामभोगाभिसंरक्तो मैथुनायोपचक्रमे Rām.7.26. 41. -3 Angry, irritated, inflamed with anger. -4 Enamoured, charmed. -5 Charming, beautiful.
saṃrabh संरभ् 1 Ā. 1 To become agitated, be overwhelmed or affected. -2 To be exasperated or furious, be enraged or irritated (mostly in p. p.); संरब्धसिंहप्रहृतं वहन्ति R.16.16. -3 To seize, catch hold of (Ved.). -4 To fear; प्रवृत्तं रज इत्येव तन्न संरभ्य चिन्तयेत् Mb.12.194.32.
saṃtap संतप् 1 P. 1 To heat, warm; संतप्तचामीकर Bk.3.3; संत्तप्तायसि संस्थितस्य पयसो नामापि न ज्ञायते Bh.2.67. -2 To parch, dry up. -3 To pain by heat, torture. -Pass. 1 To become hot or heated. -2 To be distressed, suffer pain, be sorry; संतप्तानां त्वमसि शरणम् Me.7 'of the afflicted'; दिवापि मयि निष्कान्ते संतप्येते गुरू मम Mb.; Bh.2.87. -3 To repent, be stung with remorse; अवधूतप्रणिपाताः पश्चात् संतप्यमानमनसो$पि V.3.5. -4 To undergo penance. -Caus. 1 To heat, burn, inflame. -2 To provoke, exasperate, irritate. -3 To torment, torture, distress, afflict. -4 To burn up, consume. -5 To foment (quarrels &c.).
saṃtāraḥ संतारः 1 Crossing, passing over; गङ्गायाश्चापि संतारं भरद्वाजस्य दर्शनम् Rām.1.3.15. -2 A ford; नीयमानानि संतारे हृतान्यासन् वितस्तया Mb.5.119.8. -Comp. -नौ f. a boat to cross over; यन्मेदिनी प्रचलिता पतिताग्रहर्म्या संचारनौरिव विकीर्णमहोर्मिमाला Bālacharitam 2.1.
saṃmiśr संमिश्र् See मिश्र्. संमिश्र sammiśra संमिश्रित sammiśrita संमिश्र संमिश्रित a. Mixed together, intermixed.
sujūṣ सुजूष् To hurt, to kill; गोब्राह्मणादयस्तेन सुजूष्यन्ते किल प्रजाः Bālcharitam 3.16.
hallīśa हल्लीश (स) कः Dancing in a ring; घोषवासस्यानुरूपो$यं हल्लीसकनृत्तबन्धं उपयुज्यताम् Bālacharitam 3; हल्लसिकं सललितं रुचिरं वहामि ibid.4.6.
hīraḥ हीरः [हृ-क नि] 1 A snake. -2 A necklace. -3 A lion. -4 N. of the father of Srīharṣa, the author of the Naishadha-charita. -5 N. of Śiva. -रः, -रम् The thunderbolt of Indra. -2 A diamond; (occurring in the concluding stanza of each canto of नैषधचरित). -Comp. -अङ्गः the thunder-bolt of Indra.
     Macdonell Vedic Search  
2 results
     
upaśrita úpa-śrita, pp. impressed on (lc.), vii. 86, 8 [śri resort].
harita hár-ita, a. yellow, vii. 103, 4. 6. 10 [Av. zairita ‘yellowish’].
     Dictionary of Sanskrit
     Grammar
     KV Abhyankar
"rita" has 54 results.
     
abhisvaritaprovided with a svarita or circumflex accent.
aāmantrita(1)a word in the vocative singular. confer, compare सामन्त्रितम् P.II.3.48: a tech. term in Pāṇini's grammar, the peculiar features of which are पराङ्गवद्भाव (confer, compare P.II.1.2), अविद्यमानवद्भाव (confer, compare P.VIII.1.72), द्वित्व (confer, compare P.VIII. 1.8), अद्युदात्तत्व (confer, compare P.VI.1.198), सर्वानुदात्तत्व(confer, compare P.VIII.1.19), splitting of ए into अा and इ, exempli gratia, for example अग्रे into अग्ना ३ इ (confer, compare P.VIII.2.107 Vārttika (on the Sūtra of Pāṇini). 3); (2) Vocative case, confer, compare ओकार अामन्त्रितजः प्रगृह्यः Ṛk. Prāt. I.28; Vāj. Pr. III.139: II.17: II.24 VI.1.
aāmantritakārakaa word connected with the verbal activity possessed by अामन्त्रित exempli gratia, for example कुण्डेन in कुण्डेनाटन्; confer, compare अामन्त्रिते या धातुवाच्या क्रिया तस्याः कारकम् Kaiyaṭa on P.II.1.2.
uccaritapronounced or uttered; the phrase उच्चरितप्रध्वंसिनः is used in connection with the mute indicatory letters termed इत् in Pāṇini's grammar, as these letters are not actually found in use in the language and are therefore supposed to vanish immediately after their purpose has been servedition The phrase 'उच्चरितप्रध्वंसिनोSनुबन्धा:' has been given as a Paribhāṣā by Vyāḍiparibhāṣāsūcana.(Pari.11), in the Cāndra Vyākaraṇa ( Par. 14), in the Kātantra Vyākaraṇa (Pari.54) and also in the Kalāpa Vyākaraṇa ( Par. 71). Patañjali has used the expression उच्चरितप्रध्वंसिनः in connection with ordinary letters of a word, which have existence for a moment and which also vanish immediately after they have been uttered; confer, compare उच्चरितप्रध्वंसिनः खल्वपि वर्णा: ...न वर्णो वर्णस्य सहायः Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on I.4. 109.
uccaritapradhvaṃsinvanishing immediately after utterance. See उच्चरित.
upācarita(1)sibilation substitution of a sibilant letter for a visarga: confer, compare प्लुतोपाचरिते च R.Pr. XI.19; (2) name of the saṁdhi in which a visarga is changed into a sibilant letter; confer, compare सर्वत्रैवोपाचरितः स संधिः Ṛgvedaprātiśākhya by Śaunaka ( Sanskrit Sāhityapariṣad Edition, Calcutta.)IV.14 which corresponds to Pāṇini VIII.3.18 and 19.
rita(1)ancient term for the causal Vikaraṇa, (णिच् in Pāṇini's grammar and इन् in Kātantra); (2) causal or causative as applied to roots ending in णिच् or words derived from such roots called also 'ṇyanta' by the followers of Pāṇini's grammar; confer, compare इन् कारितं धात्वर्थे Kātantra vyākaraṇa Sūtra.III.2.9, explained as धात्वर्थक्रियानाम्न इन् परो भवति धात्वर्थे स च कारितसंज्ञक;।
caritakriyahaving kriya or verbactivity hidden in it. The term is used by Bhartrhari in connection with a solitary noun-word or a substantive having the force of a sentence, and hence which can be termed a sentence on account of the verbal activity dormant in it. exempli gratia, for example पिण्डीम्; confer, compare वाक्यं तदपि मन्यन्ते यत्पदं वरितक्रियम् Vakyapad.II. 326, and चरिता गर्भीकृता आख्यातक्रिया यस्य तद्गर्भीकृतक्रियापदं नामपदं वाक्यं प्रयुञ्जते ! Com. on Vakyapadya II.326.
sahacaritagoing together: occurring together; e. g. विपराभ्यां जेः ( where परा is taken as the preposition परा and not the pronoun परा which is the feminine. base of पर on account of the paribhasa सहचरितासहचरितयोः सहृचरितस्यैव ग्रहणम्): confer, compare Pari.Sek.Pari.103.
svaritathe circumflex accent, the accent between the acute (.उदात्त) and the grave ( अनुदात्त); for details see स्वर.
svaritakaraṇamarking or characterizing by.a svarita accent, as is supposed to have been done by Panini when he wrote down his sutras of grammar as also the Dhatupatha, the Ganapatha and other subsidiary appendixes. Although the rules of the Astadhyayi are not recited at present with the proper accents possessed by the various vowels as given by the Sutrakara, still, by convention and traditional explanation, certain words are to be believed as possessed of certain accents. In the Dhatupatha, by oral tradition the accents of the several roots are known by the phrases अथ स्वरितेतः, अथाद्युदाताः, अथान्तेादात्ताः, अथानुदात्तेत: put therein at different places. In the sutras, a major purpose is served by the circumflex accent with which such words, as are to continue to the next or next few or next many rules, have been markedition As the oral tradition, according to which the Sutras are recited at present, has preserevd no accents, it is only the authoritative word, described as 'pratijna' of the ancient grammarians, which now is available for knowing the svarita. The same holds good in the case of nasalization ( अानुनासिक्य ) which is used as a factor for determining the indicatory nature of vowels as stated by the rule उपदेशेजनुनासिक इत्; confer, compare प्रतिज्ञानुनासिक्याः पाणिनीयाः S. K. on P. I.3.2.
svaritapratijñāthe conventional dictum that a particular rule or part of a rule, is marked with the accent स्वरित which enables the grammarians to decide that that rule or that part of a rule is to occur in each of the subsequent Sutras, the limit of continuation being ascertained from convention. It is possible that Panini in his original recital of the Astadhyayi recited the words in the rules with the necessary accents; probably he recited every word, which was not to proceed further, with one acute or with one circumflex vowel, while, the words which were to proceed to the next rule or rules, were marked with an actual circumflex accent ( स्वरित ), or with a neutralization of the acute and the grave accents (स्वरितत्व), that is, probably without accents or by एकश्रुति or by प्रचय; cf स्वरितेनाधिकार: P. I.3.II and the Mahabhasya thereon.
anudāttanon-udatta, absence of the acute accent;one of the Bāhyaprayatnas or external efforts to produce sound. This sense possibly refers to a stage or a time when only one accent, the acute or उदात्त was recognized just as in English and other languages at present, This udatta was given to only one vowel in a single word (simple or compound) and all the other vowels were uttered accentless.id est, that is अनुदात्त. Possibly with this idea.in view, the standard rule 'अनुदात्तं पदमेकवर्जम्'* was laid down by Panini. P.VI.1.158. As, however, the syllable, just preceding the accented ( उदात्त ) syllable, was uttered with a very low tone, it was called अनुदात्ततर, while if the syllables succeeding the accented syllable showed a gradual fall in case they happened to be consecutive and more than two, the syllable succeeding the उदात्त was given a mid-way tone, called स्वरितः confer, compare उदात्तादनुदात्तस्य स्वरितः. Thus, in the utterance of Vedic hymns the practice of three tones उदात्त, अनुदात्त and स्वरित came in vogue and accordingly they are found defined in all the Prātiśākhya and grammar works;confer, compare उच्चैरुदात्तः,नीचैरनुदात्तः समाहारः स्वरितः P.I.2.29-31, T.Pr.I.38-40, V.Pr.I.108-110, Anudātta is defined by the author of the Kāśikāvṛtti as यस्मिन्नुच्चार्यमाणे गात्राणामन्ववसर्गो नाम शिथिलीभवनं भवति, स्वरस्य मृदुता, कण्ठविवरस्य उरुता च स: अनुदात्तः confer, compare अन्ववसर्गो मार्दवमुरुता स्वस्येति नीचैःकराणि शब्दस्य Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on I.2.29,30. Cfeminine. also उदात्तश्चानुदात्तश्च स्वरितश्च त्रयः स्वराः । अायामविश्रम्भोक्षपैस्त उच्यन्तेSक्षराश्रयाः ॥ Ṛgvedaprātiśākhya by Śaunaka ( Sanskrit Sāhityapariṣad Edition, Calcutta.) III.1. The term anudātta is translated by the word 'grave' as opposed to acute' (udātta,) and 'circumflex' (svarita); (2) a term applied to such roots as have their vowel अनुदात्त or grave, the chief characteristic of such roots being the non-admission of the augment इ before an ārdhadhātuka affix placed after them. ( See अनिट्, ).
āśvalāyanaprātiśākhyaan authoritative Prātiśākhya work attributed to Śaunaka the teacher of Āśvalāyana, belonging prominently to the Sakala and the Bāṣkala Śakhās of the Ṛgveda. it is widely known by the name Ṛk-Prātiśākhya. It is a metrical composition divided into . 18 chapters called Paṭalas, giving special directions for the proper pronunciation, recitation and preservation of the Ṛksaṁhita by laying down general rules on accents and euphonic combinations and mentioning phonetic and metrical peculiarities. It has got a masterly commentary written by Uvvaṭa.
it(1)a letter or a group of letters attached to a word which is not seen in actual use in the spoken language: cf अप्रयोगी इत्, Śāk. I.1.5, Hemacandra's Śabdānuśāsana.1.1.37. The इत् letters are applied to a word before it, or after it, and they have got each of them a purpose in grammar viz. causing or preventing certain grammatical operations in the formation of the complete word. Pāṇini has not given any definition of the word इत् , but he has mentioned when and where the vowels and consonants attached to words are to be understood as इत्; (confer, compare उपदेशेजनुनासिक इत् , हलन्त्यम् । et cetera, and others P. I.3.2 to 8) and stated that these letters are to be dropped in actual use, confer, compareP.I.3.9. It appears that grammarians before Pāṇini had also employed such इत् letters, as is clear from some passages in the Mahābhāṣya as also from their use in other systems of grammar as also in the Uṇādi list of affixes, for purposes similar to those found served in Pāṇini 's grammar. Almost all vowels and consonants are used as इत् for different purposes and the इत् letters are applied to roots in the Dhātupāṭha, nouns in the Gaṇapāṭha, as also to affixes, augments and substitutes prescribed in grammar. Only at a few places they are attached to give facility of pronunciation. Sometimes the इत् letters, especially vowels, which are said to be इत्, when uttered as nasalized by Pāṇini, are recognised only by convention; confer, compare प्रतिज्ञानुनासिक्याः पाणिनीयाः(S.K.on P.I.3.2).The word इत्, which literally means going away or disappearing, can be explained as a mute indicatory letter. In Pāṇini's grammar, the mute vowel अ applied to roots indicates the placing of the Ātmanepada affixes after them, if it be uttered as anudātta and of affixes of both the padas if uttered svarita; confer, compare P.I.3. 12, 72. The mute vowel आ signifies the prevention of इडागम before the past part, affixes; confer, compare P. VII. 2. 16. Similarly, the mute vowel इ signfies the augment न् after the last vowel of the root; confer, compareP.VII.1.58; ई signifies the prevention of the augment इ before the past participle.affixes cfP.VII.2.14;उ signifies the inclusion of cognate letters; confer, compareP.I.1.69, and the optional addition of the augment इ before त्वा; confer, compare P.VII.2. 56; ऊ signifies the optional application of the augment इट्;confer, compareP.VII. 2.44; क signifies the prevention of ह्रस्व to the vowel of a root before the causal affix, confer, compareVII.4.2: लृ signifies the vikarana अङ् in the Aorist cf P.III.1.55; ए signifies the prevention of vrddhi in the Aorist,confer, compare P.VII.2.55; ओ signifies the substitution of न् for त् of the past participle. confer, compare P VIII.2.45; क् signifies the Prevention of गुण and वृद्धि, confer, compareP, I. 1.5; ख् signifies the addition of the augment मुम्(म्)and the shortening of the preceding vowel: confer, compareP.VI.3 65-66: ग् signifies the prevention of गुण and वृद्धि, confer, compare P.I.1.5 घ् signifies कुत्व, confer, compare P.VII.3.62; ङ्, applied to affixes, signifies the prevention of गुण and वृद्धि, confer, compare P.I.1.5; it causes संप्रसारणादेश in the case of certain roots, confer, compare P. VI.1.16 and signifies आत्मनेपद if applied to roots; confer, compare P.I. 3.12, and their substitution for the last letter if applied to substitutes. confer, compare P I.1.53. च् signifies the acute accent of the last vowel;confer, compareP.VI.1. 159; ञ् signifies उभयपद i.e the placing of the affixes of both the podas after the root to which it has been affixed;confer, compareP.I.3.72, ट् in the case of an augment signifies its application to the word at the beginning: confer, compareP I.1.64, while applied to a nominal base or an affix shows the addition of the feminine. affix ई (ङीप्) confer, compareP.IV.1. 15;ड् signifies the elision of the last syllable; confer, compare P.VI.4.142: ण् signifies वृद्धि, confer, compareP.VII.2.115;त् signifies स्वरित accent, confer, compare VI.1.181, as also that variety of the vowel ( ह्रस्व, दीर्ध or प्लुत) to which it has been applied confer, compare P.I.1.70; न् signifies आद्युदात्त, confer, compare P.VI.1.193:प् signifies अनुदात्त accent confer, compare अनुदात्तौ सुप्पितौ P. III.1.4. as also उदात्त for the vowel before the affix marked with प् confer, compare P.VI.1.192: म् signifies in the case of an augment its addition after the final vowel.confer, compareP.I.1.47,while in the case of a root, the shortening of its vowel before the causal affix णि,confer, compare P.VI.4.92: र् signifies the acute accent for the penultimate vowel confer, compare P.VI.1.217,ल् signifies the acute accent for the vowel preceding the affix marked with ल्; confer, compareP.VI. 193; श् implies in the case of an affix its सार्वधातुकत्व confer, compare P. II1.4.113, while in the case of substitutes, their substitution for the whole स्थानिन् cf P.I.1.55; प् signifies the addition of the feminine. affix ई ( ङीप् ) confer, compareP.IV-1.41 ;स् in the case of affixes signifies पदसंज्ञा to the base before them, cf P.I.4.16. Sometimes even without the actual addition of the mute letter, affixes are directed to be looked upon as possessed of that mute letter for the sake of a grammatical operation exempli gratia, for example सार्वधातुकमपित् P.I.2.4; असंयेागाल्लिट कित् P.I.2.5: गोतो णित् P.VII.1.90 et cetera, and others (2) thc short vowel इ as a substitute: confer, compare शास इदङ्हलोः P.VI.4.34.
uddyotathe word always refers in grammar to the famous commentary by Nāgeśabhaṭṭa written in the first decade of the 18th century A. D. om the Mahābhāṣyapradīpa of Kaiyaṭa. The Mahābhāṣya-Pradīpoddyota by Nāgeśa.appears to be one of the earlier works of Nāgeśa. It is also called Vivaraṇa. The commentary is a scholarly one and is looked upon as a final word re : the exposition of the Mahābhāṣya. It is believed that Nāgeśa wrote 12 Uddyotas and 12 Śekharas which form some authoritative commentaries on prominent works in the different Śāstras.
ekaśrutithat which has got the same accent or tone; utterance in the same tone; monotone. The word is applied to the utterance of the vocative noun or phrase calling a man from a distance, as also to that of the vowels or syllables following a Svarita vowel in the Saṁhitā id est, that is the continuous utterance of Vedic sentences; confer, compare एकश्रुति दूरात्संबुद्वौ and the foll. P.I.2.33-40 and the Mahābhāṣya thereon. In his discussion on I.2.33 Patañjali has given three alternative views about the accent of Ekaśruti syllables : (a) they possess an accent between the उदात्त (acute) and अनुदात्त (grave), (b) they are in the same accent as is possessed by the preceding vowel, (c) Ekaśruti is looked upon as the seventh of the seven accents; confer, compare सैषा ज्ञापकाभ्यामुदात्तानुदात्तयोर्मध्यमेकश्रुतिरन्तरालं ह्रियते। ... सप्त स्वरा भवन्ति | उदात्तः, उदात्ततर:, अनुदात्तः, अनुदात्ततर:, स्वरितः स्वरिते य उदात्तः सोन्येन विशिष्टः, एकश्रुतिः सप्तमः । M.Bh. on P.I.2.33.
aikasvaryahaving only one principal accent (Udātta or Svarita) for the whole compound word which is made up of two or more individual words confer, compare Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on P. I.1.29.
kṣaipra(1)another name of the क्षिप्रसंधिSee the word क्षिप्र a reference to some preceding word, not necessarily on the same page.; (2) name given to the Svarita accent borne by the vowel following the semivowel which results from the Kṣiprasaṁdhi; confer, compare Ṛgvedaprātiśākhya by Śaunaka ( Sanskrit Sāhityapariṣad Edition, Calcutta.) II. 8; III.7,10; VIII. 22: confer, compare इवर्णोकारयोर्यवकारभावे क्षैप्र उदात्तयोः V.Pr. XX. 1; confer, compare also युवर्णौ यवौ क्षैप्रः V.Pr.I.115: उदात्तस्वरितयोर्यणः स्वरितोनुदात्तस्य P.VIII.2.4.
gaṇapāṭhathe mention individually of the several words forming a class or gaṇa, named after the first word said to have been written by Pāṇini himself as a supplementary work to his great grammar called Aṣṭaka or Pāṇini's Aṣṭādhyāyī., the Sikṣā,the Dhātupātha and the Lingānuśāsana being the other ones. Other grammarians such as शाकटायन, अापिशलि and others have their own gaṇapāthās. The gaṇapāthā is traditionally ascribed to Pāṇini; the issue is questioned, however, by modern scholars. The text of the gaṇapāṭha is metrically arranged by some scholars. The most scholarly and authoritative treatise on gaṇapāṭha is the Gaṇaratnamahodadhī of Vardhamāna.
cātuḥsvāryathe view that there are four accents-the udatta, the anudatta, the svarita and the pracaya held by the Khandikya and the Aukhiya Schools.
jātyaname of a variety of the Svarita or circumflex accent; the original svarita accent as contrasted with the svarita for the grave which follows upon an acute as prescribed by P. in VIII. 4.67, and which is found in the words इन्द्रः, होता et cetera, and others The jatya svarita is noticed in the words स्वः, क्व, न्यक्, कन्या et cetera, and others; .confer, compare उदात्तपूर्वं स्वरितमनुदात्तं पदेक्षरम्। अतोन्यत् स्वरितं स्वारं जात्यमाचक्षते पदे॥ जात्या स्वभावेनैव उदात्तानुदात्तसंगतिं विना जातो जात्यः । तं जात्यमाचक्षतै व्याडिप्रभृयः Ṛgvedaprātiśākhya by Śaunaka ( Sanskrit Sāhityapariṣad Edition, Calcutta.) and commentary III. 4.
jaumāra( व्याकरण )a treatise on vya'karana written by Jumaranandin. See जुमरनन्दिन् a reference to some preceding word, not necessarily on the same page. The Jaumara Vyakarana has no Vedic section dealing with Vedic forms or accents,but it has added a section on Prakrita just as the Haima Vyakaraha.
tthe first consonant of the dental class of consonants which has got the properties श्वासानुप्रदान, अघोष, विवृतकण्ठत्व and अल्पप्राणत्व. When used as a mute letter by Panini, त् signifies the Svarita accent of the vowel of that affix or so, which is marked with it: e. g. कार्यम्, हार्यम्, पयस्यम् confer, compare P. VI.1.185. When appied to a vowel at its end, त् signifies the vowel of that grade only, possessed by such of its varieties which require the same time for their utterance as the vowel marked with त् , e. g. अात् stands for अा with any of the three accents as also pure or nasalised; अात् does not include अं or अ 3 confer, compare तपरस्तत्कालस्य P. I. 1. 70. The use of the indicatory mute त् for the a reference to some preceding word, not necessarily on the same page. purpose is seen also in the Pratis akhya works; confer, compare Vājasaneyi Prātiśākhya.I. 114 Ṛktantra Prātiśākhya. 234.
tattvabodhinīname of the well-known commentary on Bhattoji's Siddhnta Kaumudi written by his pupil Jnanendrasarasvati at Benares. Out of the several commentaries on the Siddhantakaumudi, the Tattvabodhini is looked upon as the most authoritative and at the same time very scholarly.
tāthābhāvyaname given to the grave (अनुदात्त) vowel which is अवग्रह id est, that is which occurs at the end of the first member of a compound and which is placed between two acute vowels id est, that is is preceded by and followed by an acute vowel; exempli gratia, for example तनूSनप्त्रे, तनूSनपत्: confer, compare उदाद्यन्तो न्यवग्रहस्ताथाभाव्यः । V.Pr.I.120. The tathabhavya vowel is recited as a kampa ( कम्प ) ; confer, compare तथा चोक्तमौज्जिहायनकैर्माध्यन्दिनमतानुसारिभिः'अवग्रहो यदा नीच उच्चयॊर्मध्यतः क्वचित् । ताथाभाव्यो भवेत्कम्पस्तनूनप्त्रे निदर्शनम्'. Some Vedic scholars hold the view that the ताथाभाव्य vowel is not a grave ( अनुदात्त ) vowel, but it is a kind of स्वरित or circumflex vowel. Strictly according to Panini "an anudatta following upon an udatta becomes Svarita": confer, compare P.VIII.4.66, V.Pr. IV. 1.138: cf also R.Pr.III. 16.
tairovyañjanaa kind of svarita or circumflex-accented vowel which follows an acute-accented vowel, with the intervention of a consonant between the acute accented vowel and the circumflex vowel which (vowel) originally was grave. e. g. इडे, रन्ते, हव्ये, काम्ये; here the vowel ए is तैरोव्यञ्जनस्वरित; confer, compare स्वरो व्यञ्जनयुतस्तैरोव्यञ्जनः, Vājasaneyi Prātiśākhya.I. 117.
nāgeśathe most reputed modern scholar of Panini's grammar, who was well-versed in other Sastras also, who lived in Benares in the latter half of the seventeenth and the first half of the eighteenth century. He wrote many masterly commentaries known by the words शेखर and उद्द्योत on the authoritative old works in the different Sastras, the total list of his small and big works together well nigh exceeding a hundredition He was a bright pupil of Hari Diksita, the grandson of Bhattoji Diksita. He was a renowned teacher also, and many of the famous scholars of grammar in Benares and outside at present are his spiritual descendants. He was a Maharastriya Brahmana of Tasgaon in Satara District, who received his education in Benares. For some years he stayed under the patronage of Rama, the king of Sringibera at his time. He was very clever in leading debates in the various Sastras and won the title of Sabhapati. Out of his numerous works, the Mahābhāṣya-Pradīpoddyota by Nāgeśa.on Kaiyata's Mahabhasyapradipa, the Laghusabdendusekhara on the Siddhanta Kaumudi and the Paribhasendusekhara are quite wellknown and studied by every one who wishes to get proficiency in Panini's grammar. For details see pp. 21-24 and 401-403, Vol. VII of the Patanjala Mahabhasya edition D. E. Society, Poona.
nipātanaa word given, as it appears, without trying for its derivation,in authoritative works of ancient grammarians especially Panini;confer, compareदाण्डिनायनहास्तिनयनo P. VI.4.174, as also अचतुरविचतुरo V.4.77 et cetera, and others et cetera, and others The phrase निपातनात्सिद्धम् is very frequently used by Patanjali to show that some technical difficulties in the formation of a word are not sometimes to be taken into consideration, the word given by Panini being the correct one; confer, compare M.Bh.on I.1.4, III.1.22 et cetera, and others et cetera, and others; cf also the usual expression बाधकान्येव निपातनानि. The derivation of the word from पत् with नि causal, is suggested in the Rk Pratisakhya where it is stated that Nipatas are laid down or presented as such in manifold senses; cf Ṛgvedaprātiśākhya by Śaunaka ( Sanskrit Sāhityapariṣad Edition, Calcutta.)XII.9; cf also घातुसाधनकालानां प्राप्त्यर्थं नियमस्य च । अनुबन्घविकाराणां रूढ्यर्थ च निपातनम् M. Bh Pradipa on P. V.1.114: confer, comparealso Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on II.1.27.
paribhāṣāan authoritative statement or dictum, helping (1) the correct interpretation of the rules (sūtras) of grammar, or (2) the removal of conflict between two rules which occur simultaneously in the process of the formation of words, (पदसिद्धि), or (3) the formation of correct words. Various definitions of the word परिभाषा are given by commentators, the prominent ones beingपरितो व्यापृतां भाषां परिभाषां प्रचक्षते(न्यास);or, परितो भाष्यते या सा परिभाषा प्रकीर्तिता. The word is also defined as विधौ नियामकरिणी परिभाषा ( दुर्गसिंहवृत्ति ). परिभाषा can also be briefiy defined as the convention of a standard author. Purusottamadeva applies the word परिभाषा to the maxims of standard writers, confer, compare परिभाषा हिं न पाणिनीयानि वचनानि; Puru. Pari. 119; while Haribhaskara at the end of his treatise परिभाषाभास्कर, states that Vyaadi was the first writer on Paribhaasas. The rules तस्मिन्निति निर्दिष्टे पूर्वस्य, तस्मादित्युत्तरस्य and others are in fact Paribhaasa rules laid down by Panini. For the difference between परिभाषा and अधिकार, see Mahabhasya on II.1.1. Many times the writers of Sutras lay down certain conventions for the proper interpretation of their rules, to which additions are made in course of time according to necessities that arise, by commentators. In the different systems of grammar there are different collections of Paribhasas. In Panini's system, apart from commentaries thereon, there are independent collections of Paribhasas by Vyadi, Bhojadeva, Purusottamadeva, Siradeva, Nilakantha, Haribhaskara, Nagesa and a few others. There are independent collections of Paribhasas in the Katantra, Candra, Sakatayana,Jainendra and Hemacandra systems of grammar. It is a noticeable fact that many Paribhasas are common, with their wordings quite similar or sometimes identical in the different systemanuscript. Generally the collections of Paribhasas have got scholiums or commentaries by recognised grammarians, which in their turn have sometimes other glosses or commentaries upon them. The Paribhaasendusekhara of Nagesa is an authoritative work of an outstanding merit in the system of Paninis Grammar, which is commented upon by more than twenty five scholars during the last two or three centuries. The total number of Paribhasas in the diferent systems of grammar may wellnigh exceed 500. See परिभाषासंग्रह.
paribhāṣenduśekharathe reputed authoritative work on the Paribhasas in the system of Paanini's grammar written by Nagesabhatta in the beginning of the 18th century A.D. at Benares. The work is studied very widely and has got more than 25 commentaries written by pupils in the spiritual line of Nagesa. Well-known among these commentaries are those written by Vaidyanatha Payagunde ( called गदा ), by BhairavamiSra ( called मिश्री), by Raghavendraacaarya Gajendragadakara ( called त्रिपथगा ), by Govindacarya Astaputre of Poona in the beginning of the nineteenth century (called भावार्थदीपिका), by BhaskaraSastri Abhyankar of Satara (called भास्करी ), and by M. M. Vaasudevasaastri Abhyankar of Poona (called तत्त्वादर्श ). Besides these, there are commentaries written by Taatya Sastri Patawardhana,Ganapati Sastri Mokaate, Jayadeva Misra, VisnuSastri Bhat, Vishwanatha Dandibhatta, Harinaatha Dwiwedi Gopaalacarya Karhaadkar, Harishastri Bhagawata, Govinda Shastri Bharadwaja, Naarayana Shastri Galagali, Venumaadhava Shukla, Brahmaananda Saraswati, ManisiSeSaSarma,Manyudeva, Samkarabhatta, Indirapati, Bhimacarya Galagali, Madhavacarya Waikaar, Cidrupasraya, Bhimabhatta, LakSminrsimha and a few others. Some of these works are named by their authors as Tikaas, others as Vyaakhyaas and still others as Tippanis or Vivrtis.
pāṭha(1)recital of a sacred Vedic or Sastra work; the original recital of an authoritative text;(2) the various artificial ways or methods of such a recital; c.g. पदपाठ, क्रमपाठ et cetera, and others in the case of Vedic Literature: (3) an original recital such as the सुत्रपाठ, धातुपाठ, गणपाठ, वार्तिकपाठ and परिभाषापाठ in the case of the several systems of Sanskrit Grammar; the five Paathas are called पञ्चपाठी; (4) recitation; confer, compare नान्तरेण पाठं स्वरा अनुबन्धा वा शक्या विज्ञातुम् Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on P.I.3.1 Vaart. 13; (5) reading, variant: confer, compare चूर्णादीनि अप्राण्युपग्रहादिति सूत्रस्य पाठान्तरम् Kaas. on P.V.2.134.
pāṇinithe illustrious ancient grammarian of India who is wellknown by his magnum opus, the Astaka or Astaadhyaayi which has maintained its position as a unique work on Sanskrit grammar unparalleled upto the present day by any other work on grammar, not only of the Sanskrit language, but ofany other language, classical as well as spoken. His mighty intelligence grasped, studied and digested not only the niceties of accentuation and formation of Vedic words, scattered in the vast Vedic Literature of his time, but those of classical words in the classical literature and the spoken Sanskrit language of his time in all its different aspects and shades, noticeable in the various provinces and districts of the vast country. The result of his careful study of the Vedic Literature and close observation ofeminine.the classical Sanskrit, which was a spoken language in his days, was the production of the wonderful and monumental work, the Astaadhyaayi,which gives an authoritative description of the Sanskrit language, to have a complete exposition of which,several life times have to be spent,in spite of several commentaries upon it, written from time to time by several distinguished scholars. The work is a linguist's and not a language teacher's. Some Western scholars have described it as a wonderful specimen of human intelligence,or as a notable manifestation of human intelligence. Very little is known unfortunately about his native place,parentage or personal history. The account given about these in the Kathaasaritsaagara and other books is only legendary and hence, it has very little historical value. The internal evidence, supplied by his work shows that he lived in the sixth or the seventh century B. C., if not earlier, in the north western province of India of those days. Jinendrabuddhi, the author of the Kaasikavivaranapanjikaa or Nyasa, has stated that the word शलातुर् mentioned by him in his sUtra ( IV. 3.94 ) refers to his native place and the word शालातुरीय derived by him from the word शलातुर by that sUtra was, in fact his own name, based upon the name of the town which formed his native placcusative case. Paanini has shown in his work his close knowledge of, and familiarity with, the names of towns, villages, districts, rivers and mountains in and near Vaahika, the north-western Punjab of the present day, and it is very likely that he was educated at the ancient University of Taksasilaa. Apart from the authors of the Pratisaakhya works, which in a way could be styled as grammar works, there were scholars of grammar as such, who preceded him and out of whom he has mentioned ten viz., Apisali, Saakataayana, Gaargya, Saakalya, Kaasyapa, Bharadwaja, Gaalava, Caakravarmana Senaka and Sphotaayana. The grammarian Indra has not been mentioned by Paanini, although tradition says that he was the first grammarian of the Sanskrit language. It is very likely that Paanini had no grammar work of Indra before him, but at the same time it can be said that the works of some grammarians , mentioned by Panini such as Saakaatyana, Apisali, Gaargya and others had been based on the work of Indra. The mention of several ganas as also the exhaustive enumeration of all the two thousand and two hundred roots in the Dhaatupaatha can very well testify to the existence of systematic grammatical works before Paarnini of which he has made a thorough study and a careful use in the composition of his Ganapaatha and Dhaatupatha. His exhaustive grammar of a rich language like Sanskrit has not only remained superb in spite of several other grammars of the language written subsequently, but its careful study is felt as a supreme necessity by scholars of philology and linguistics of the present day for doing any real work in the vast field of linguistic research. For details see pp.151154 Vol. VII of Paatanjala Mahaabhsya, D. E. Society's Edition.
prakampadepression of the voice after raising it as noticed in connection with the utterance of the svarita vowels in certain cases and in certain Vedic schools with a view to show the svarita nature of the vowel distinctly, in spite of the fact that such a depression is generally looked upon as a.fault; confer, compare असन्दिग्धान् स्वरान् ब्रूयादविकृष्टानकाम्पितान् Ṛgvedaprātiśākhya by Śaunaka ( Sanskrit Sāhityapariṣad Edition, Calcutta.) III.18 as also जात्योभिानिहितश्चैव क्षैप्रः प्रश्लिष्ट एव च । एते स्वराः प्रकम्पन्ते यत्रोच्चस्वरितोदयाः Ṛgvedaprātiśākhya by Śaunaka ( Sanskrit Sāhityapariṣad Edition, Calcutta.) III. 19.
pramāṇa(1)authority; authoritative proof; confer, compare लोकः अवश्यं शब्देषु प्रमाणम् Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on I. 2.64 Vart. 29; (2) measurement, measure; confer, compare प्रमाणे द्वयसज्दघ्नत्र्मात्रचः P. V. 2.37; प्रमाणत; अकारो गुणः प्राप्तः Kāśikā of Jayāditya and Vāmana. on P. I. 1.50.
pravaṇacircumflex accent; possessed of svarita accent; confer, compare सुर्वः प्रवण इत्येके । प्रकर्षेण वन्येत व्युत्क्षिप्यते इति प्रवणः स्वरितस्वरः Taittirīya Prātiśākhya.I. 47; confer, compare also प्रवणे यष्टव्यम् Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on VI. 2.33.
prāmāṇikaauthoritative; those that talk with authority; confer, compare प्रामाणिकमतमेतत्, a phrase often used by commentators.
madhyama(1)the middle person ( मध्यमपुरुष ), confer, compare युष्मद्युपपदे...मध्यम: P. I. 4.105; confer, compare also Nirukta of Yāska.VII. 7; (2) middling tone or effort confer, compare मध्यमेन स वाक्ययोग: Taittirīya Prātiśākhya.XVIII. 4, where the commentator explains the word as उच्चनीचसमाहारविलक्षण: वाक्प्रयोगः | the word मध्यमा is used in this sense as qualifying a mode of utterance. वृत्ति; confer, compare अभ्यासार्थे द्रुतां वृत्तिं प्रयोगार्थे तु मध्यमाम् ! Ṟ. Pr. XIII. 19; cf also चतुष्कला मध्यमायार्म् Ṛktantra Prātiśākhya. 32; (3) one of the seven modes of speech or tones. cf सप्त वाचः स्थानानि भवन्ति | उपांशुध्वाननिमदेापव्दिमन्मन्द्रमध्यमताराणि Taittirīya Prātiśākhya.XXIII.4 and 5 and also कण्ठे मध्यमम् XVIII.11 where the commentatator explains मध्यम as यत्र कण्ठे स्थाने प्रयोग उपलभ्यते तन्मध्यमं नाम षष्ठं वाचस्स्थानम् | (4) one of the seven musical notes originating or proceeding from the Svarita accent confer, compare, स्वारतप्रभवा ह्येते षड्जमध्यमपञ्चमाः Pāṇ Śikṣā.
mahābhāṣyaliterally the great commentary. The word is uniformly used by commentators and classical Sanskrit writers for the reputed commentary on Pāṇini's Sūtras and the Vārttikas thereon by Patañjali in the 2nd century B. C. The commentary is very scholarly yet very simple in style, and exhaustive although omitting a number of Pāṇini's rules. It is the first and oldest existing commentary on the Pāṇini's Aṣṭādhyāyī. of Pāṇini, and, in spite of some other commentaries and glosses and other compendia, written later on to explain the Sutras of Panini, it has remained supremely authoritative and furnishes the last and final word in all places of doubt: confer, compare the remarks इति भाष्ये स्थितम्, इत्युक्तं भाष्ये, इत्युक्तमाकरे et cetera, and others scattered here and there in several Vyaakarana treatises forming in fact, the patent words used by commentators when they finish any chain of arguments. Besides commenting on the Sutras of Paanini, Patanjali, the author, has raised many other grammatical issues and after discussing them fully and thoroughly, given his conclusions which have become the final dicta in those matters. The work, in short, has become an encyclopedic one and hence aptly called खनि or अकर. The work is spread over such a wide field of grammatical studies that not a single grammatical issue appears to have been left out. The author appears to have made a close study of the method and explanations of the SUtras of Paanini given at various academies all over the country and incorporated the gist of those studies given in the form of Varttikas at the various places, in his great work He has thoroughly scrutinized and commented upon the Vaarttikas many of which he has approved, some of which he has rejected, and a few of which he has supplementedition Besides the Vaarttikas which are referred to a reference to some preceding word, not necessarily on the same page., he has quoted stanzas which verily sum up the arguments in explanation of the difficult sUtras, composed by his predecessors. There is a good reason to believe that there were small glosses or commentaries on the SUtras of Paanini, written by learned teachers at the various academies, and the Vaarttikas formed in a way, a short pithy summary of those glosses or Vrttis. . The explanation of the word वृत्तौ साधु वार्तिकम् given by Kaiyata may be quoted in support of this point. Kaiyata has at one place even stated that the argument of the Bhaasyakaara is in consonance with that of Kuni, his predecessor. The work is divided into eighty five sections which are given the name of lesson or आह्लिक by the author, probably because they form the subject matter of one day's study each, if the student has already made a thorough study of the subject and is very sharp in intelligence. confer, compare अह्ला निर्वृत्तम् आह्लिकम्, (the explanation given by the commentatiors).Many commentary works were written on this magnum opus of Patanjali during the long period of twenty centuries upto this time under the names टीका, टिप्पणी, दीपिका, प्रकाशिका, व्याख्या, रत्नावली, स्पूर्ति, वृत्ति, प्रदीप, व्याख्यानं and the like, but only one of them the 'Pradipa' of कैयटीपाध्याय, is found complete. The learned commentary by Bhartrhari, written a few centuries before the Pradipa, is available only in a fragment and that too, in a manuscript form copied down from the original one from time to time by the scribes very carelessly. Two other commentaries which are comparatively modern, written by Naarayanasesa and Nilakantha are available but they are also incomplete and in a manuscript form. Possibly Kaiyatabhatta's Pradipa threw into the background the commentaries of his predecessors and no grammarian after Kaiyata dared write a commentary superior to Kaiyata's Pradipa or, if he began, he had to abandon his work in the middle. The commentary of Kaiyata is such a scholarly one and so written to the point that later commentators have almost identified the original Bhasya with the commentary Pradipa and many a time expressed the two words Bhasya and Kaiyata in the same breath as भाष्यकैयटयोः ( एतदुक्तम् or स्पष्टमेतत् ).
yāskaa reputed ancient Niruktakara or etymologist, of the 6th century B.C. or even a few centuries before that, whose work, the Nirukta, is looked upon as the oldest authoritative treatise regarding derivation of Vedic words. Yaska was preceded by a number of etymologists whom he has mentioned in his work and whose works he has utilisedition Yaska's Nirukta threw into the back-ground the older treatises on etymology, all of which disappeared gradually in the course of time.
vacana(1)literally statement; an authoritative statement made by the authors of the Sutras and the Varttikas as also of the Mahabhasya; confer, compare अस्ति ह्यन्यदेतस्य वचने प्रयोजनम् Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on Siva Sutra 1 Vart. 1 The word is also used predicatively in the sense of वक्तव्यम् by the Varttikakara; confer, compare ऌति ऌ वावचनम् , ऋति ऋ वावचनम् ; (2) number, such as एकवचन, द्विवचन, बहुवचन et cetera, and others; confer, compare वचनमेकत्वद्वित्वबहुत्वानि Kāśikā of Jayāditya and Vāmana.on P.I.2.51 ; cf लुपि युक्तिवद् व्यक्तिवचने | लुकि अभिधेयवल्लिङ्गवचनानि भवन्ति। लवणः सूपः। लवणा यवागू:। M.Bh.on P.I. 2.57; (3) expressive word; confer, compare गुणवचनब्राह्मणादिभ्यः कर्मणि च P. V.1.124 where the Kasika explains the word गुणवचन as गुणमुक्तवन्तो गुणवचनाः; confer, compare also the terms गुणवचन, जातिवचन, क्रियावचन et cetera, and others as classes of words; confer, compare also अभिज्ञावचने लृट् P.III.2.112; (4) that which is uttered; confer, compare मुखनासिकावचनोनुनासिक:। मुखसहिता नासिका मुखनासिका । तया य उच्चार्यते असौ वर्ण: Kāśikā of Jayāditya and Vāmana. on P. I.1.8.
vārttikaa statement which is as much authoritative as the original statement to which it is given as an addition for purposes of correction, completion or explanation. The word is defined by old writers in an often-guoted verseउक्तानुक्तदुरुक्तनां चिन्ता यत्र प्रवर्तते | तं ग्रन्थं वार्तिकं प्राहुर्वार्तिकज्ञा मनीषिण:|This definition fully applies to the varttikas on the Sutras of Panini. The word is explained by Kaiyata as वृत्तौ साधु वार्त्तिकम् which gives strength to the supposition that there were glosses on the Sutras of Panini of which the Varttikas formed a faithful pithy summary of the topics discussedition The word varttika is used in the Mahabhasya at two places only हन्तेः पूर्वविप्रविषेधो वार्तिकेनैव ज्ञापित: M.Bh. on P.III. 4.37 and अपर आह् यद्वार्त्तिक इति M.Bh. on P. II.2.24 Vart. 18. In अपर अहृ यद्वार्त्तिक इति the word is contrasted with the word वृत्तिसूत्र which means the original Sutra (of Panini ) which has been actuaIly quoted, viz. संख्ययाव्ययासन्नाo II.2. 25. Nagesa gives ' सूत्रे अनुक्तदुरुक्तचिन्ताकरत्वं वार्तिक्रत्वम् as the definition of a Varttika which refers only to two out of the three features of the Varttikas stated a reference to some preceding word, not necessarily on the same page.. If the word उक्त has been omitted with a purpose by Nagesa, the definition may well-nigh lead to support the view that the genuine Varttikapatha of Katyayana consisted of a smaller number of Varttikas which along with a large number of Varttikas of other writers are quoted in the Mahabhasya, without specific names of writers, For details see pages 193-223 Vol. VII Patanjala Mahabhasya, D.E, Society's Edition.
vārtikavacanaa small pithy statement or assertion in the manner of the original sutras which is held as much authoritative as the Sutra: cf न ब्रुमो वृत्तिसूत्रवचनप्रामाण्यादिति | किं तर्हि | वार्तिकवचनप्रामाण्यादिति [ M.Bh. on P.II..1.1 Varttika 23.
vaivṛttaname given to the svarita or circumflex accent on the vowel following upon a vowel accented acute, when there is a vivrtti or pause between the two vowels; e.g, य इन्द्रः; cf वैवृत्ततैरोव्यञ्जनौ क्षैप्राभिनिहितौ च तान् | Ṛgvedaprātiśākhya by Śaunaka ( Sanskrit Sāhityapariṣad Edition, Calcutta.) III. 10.
vyākhyāna(1)explanation of a rule, or a line, or a verse by analysing the rule and giving examples and counter-examples; confer, compare न केवलानि चर्चापदानि व्याख्यानं वृद्धिः आत् ऎजिति | किं तर्हि । उदाहरणं प्रत्युदाहरणं वाक्याध्याहारः इत्येतत्समुदितं व्याख्यानं भवति | M.Bh. Ahnika l Vart.11 ; (2)authoritative decision given in places of doubt by ancient scholars; confer, compare याख्थानतो विशेषप्रतिपत्ति: न हि संदेहादलक्षणम् Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). Ahnika .1; Par.Sek.Pari.1.
śabdānuśāsanaliterally science of grammar dealing with the formation of words, their accents, and use in a sentence. The word is used in connection with standard works on grammar which are complete and self-sufficient in all the a reference to some preceding word, not necessarily on the same page.mentioned features. Patanjali has begun his Mahabhasya with the words अथ शब्दानुशासनम् referring possibly to the vast number of Varttikas on the Sutras of Panini, and hence the term शब्दानुशासन according to him means a treatise on the science of grammar made up of the rules of Panini with the explanatory and critical varttikas written by Katyayana and other Varttikakaras.The word शब्दानुशासन later on, became synonymons with Vyakarana and it was given as a title to their treatises by later grammarians, or was applied to the authoritative treatise which introduced a system of grammar, similar to that of Panini. Hemacandra's famous treatise, named सिद्धहैमचन्द्र by the author,came to be known as हैमशब्दानुशासन. Similarly the works on grammar written by पाल्यकीर्तिशाकटायन and देवनन्दिन् were called शाकटायनशब्दानुशासन and जैनेन्द्र' शब्दानुशासन respectively.
śabdopadeśascientific and authoritative citation or statement of a word as contrasted with अपशब्दोपदेशः; confer, compare किं शब्दोपदेश: कर्तव्यः आहोस्विदपशब्दोपदेशः आहोस्विदुभयोपदेश इति ।Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). in Ahnika l. शमादि a class of eight roots headed by शम् which get their vowel lengthened before the conjugational sign य (श्यन्) as also before the krt. affix इन् ( घिनुण् ) in the sense of 'habituated to': exempli gratia, for example शाम्यति, शमी, भ्राम्यति, भ्रमी et cetera, and others: confer, compare P.VII.3.74 and P. III.2.141.
śrutaliterally what is actually heard; the word is used in connection with such statements as are made by the authoritative grammarians, Panini and the Varttikakara by their actual utterance or wording, as contrasted with such dictums as can be deduced only from their writings. confer, compare श्रुतानुभितंयोः श्रौतः संबन्धो बलीयान्. Par. Sek Pari. 104.
śruti(1)literally hearing sound.confer, compare श्रुतौ च रूपग्रहणम् Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on P. I. 2.64; perception, as a proof contrasted with inference; confer, compare ननु च श्रुतिकृतोपि भेदोस्ति Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on P. VII. 1.72 Vart. 1; confer, compare also Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on P. VIII. 2.25; cf also तस्मादुच्चश्रुतीनि Ṛktantra Prātiśākhya. 61; (2) authoritative word; the word is sometimes used in connection with the utterances of the Sutrakaras viz. the Sutra.
sarvanighātagrave accent ( अनुदात्त ) for the whole word, generally for a verbal form or a word in the vocative case, if preceded by another word which is not a verb. The term is used in contrast with शेषनिघात the grave accent for the remaining vowels of a word when a particular vowel is definitely fixed as an acute or an independent Svarita or circumflex; confer, compare P.VIII. 1.28 to 74.
subodhinīname given to (1) a commentary on the Siddhantakaumudi by Kshamaunin or Jayakrshamaunin; (2) a commentary on the Sarasvata Vyakarana by Amritabharati : (3) a commentary on the Sarasvata Vyakarana by Candrakirti.
smṛtian authoritative dictum of an ancient grammarian before the famous author of the Varttika;confer, compare तथा च स्मृतिः श्तिपा शापानुबन्धेन निर्दिष्ट्ं etc, Siradeva Pari. 68.
svara(l)vowel, as contrasted with a consonant which never stands by itself independently. The word स्वर is defined generally :as स्वयं राजन्ते ते स्वराः ( Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on pan. The word स्वर is always used in the sense of a vowel in the Pratisakhya works; Panini however has got the word अच् (short term or Pratyahara formed of अ in 'अइउण्' and च् at the end of एऔच् Mahesvara sutra 4 ) always used for vowels, the term स्वर being relegated by him to denote accents which are also termed स्वर in the ancient Pratisakhyas and grammars. The number of vowels, although shown differently in diferent ancient works, is the same, viz. five simple vowels अ,इ,उ, ऋ, लृ, and four diphthongs ए, ऐ, ओ, and अौ. These nine, by the addition of the long varieties of the first four such as आ, ई, ऊ, and ऋ, are increased to thirteen and further to twentytwo by adding the pluta forms, there being no long variety for लृ and short on for the diphthongs. All these twentytwo varieties have further subdivisions, made on the criterion of each of them being further characterized by the properties उदात्त, अनुदIत्त and स्वरित and निरनुनासिक and सानुनासिक. (2) The word स्वर also means accent, a property possessed exclusively by vowels and not by consonants, as they are entirely dependent on vowels and can at the most be said to possess the same accent as the vowel with which they are uttered together. The accents are mentioned to be three; the acute ( उदात्त ), the grave अनुदात्त and the circumflex (स्वरित) defined respectively as उच्चैरुदात्तः, नीचैरनुदात्तः and समाहारः स्वरितः by Panini (P. I. 2.29, 30,3l). The point whether समाहार means a combination or coming together one after another of the two, or a commixture or blending of the two is critically discussed in the Mahabhasya. (vide Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on P. I. 2.31). There are however two kinds of svarita mentioned by Panini and found actually in use : (a) the independent स्वरित as possessed by the word स्वर् (from which possibly the word स्वरित was formed) and a few other words as also many times by the resultant vowel out of two vowels ( उदात्त and अनुदात्त ) combined, and (b) the enclitic or secondary svarita by which name, one or more grave vowels occurring after the udatta, in a chain, are called cf P. VIII. 2.4 VIII. 2.6 and VIII 4.66 and 67. The topic of accents is fully discussed by the authors of the Pratisakhyas as also by Panini. For details, see Ṛgvedaprātiśākhya by Śaunaka ( Sanskrit Sāhityapariṣad Edition, Calcutta.) III. 1.19; T.Pr. 38-47 Vājasaneyi Prātiśākhya.I. 108 to 132, II. I.65 Atharvaveda Prātiśākhya. Adhyaya l padas 1, 2, 3 and Rk. Tantra 51-66; see also Kaiyata on P. I. 2.29; (3) The word स्वर is used also in the sense of a musical tone. This meaning arose out of the second meaning ' accent ' which itself arose from the first viz. 'vowel', and it is fully discussed in works explanatory of the chanting of Samas. Patanjali has given Seven subdivisions of accents which may be at the origin of the seven musical notes. See सप्तस्वर a reference to some preceding word, not necessarily on the same page..
hemacandraa Jain sage and scholar of remarkable erudition in the religious works of the Jainas as also in several Shastras. He was a resident of Dhandhuka in Gujarat, who, like Sankarācārya took संन्यासदीक्षा at a very early age and wrote a very large number of original books and commentaries, the total number of which may well nigh exceed fifty, during his long life of eighty-four years ( 1088 to ll 2 ). He stayed at AnhilavalaPattana in the North Gujarat and was patronised with extreme reverence by King Kumarapala who in fact, became his devoted pupil. Besides the well-known works on the various Shastras like Kavyanusasana, Abhidhanacintamani, Desinamamla, Yogasastra, Dvyasrayakavya, Trisastisalakapurusacarita and others which are well-known, he wrote a big work on grammar called सिद्धहेमचन्द्र by him,but popularly known by the name हेमव्याकरण or हैमशब्दानुशासन The , work consists of eight books or Adhyayas, out of which the eighth book is devoted to prakrit Grammar, and can be styled as a Grammar of all the Prakrit dialects. The Sanskrit Grammar of seven chapters is based practically upon Panini's Astadhyayi, the rules or sutras referring to Vedic words or Vedic affixes or accents being entirely omittedThe wording of the Sutras is much similar to that of Panini; at some places it is even identical. The order of the treatment of the subjects in the सिद्धहैम. शब्दानुशासनमृत्र is not, however, similar to that obtaining in the Astadhyayi of Panini. It is somewhat topicwise as in the Katantra Vyakarana. The first Adhyaya and a quarter of the second are devoted to Samjna, Paribhasa and declension; the second pada of the second Adhyaya is devoted to karaka, while the third pada of it is devoted to cerebralization and the fourth to the Stripratyayas.The first two Padas of the third Adhyaya are devoted to Samasas or compound words, while the last two Padas of the third Adhyaya and the fourth Adhyaya are devoted to conjugation The fifth Adhyaya is devoted to verbal derivatives or krdanta, while the sixth and the seventh Adhyayas are devoted to formations of nouns from nouns, or taddhita words. On this Sabda nusasana, which is just like Panini's Astadhyayi, the eighth adhyaya of Hemacandra being devoted to the grammar of the Arsa language similar to Vedic grammar of Panini, Hemacandra has himself written two glosses which are named लधुवृति and वृहृदवृत्ति and the famous commentary known as the Brhannyasa. Besides these works viz the हैमशब्दानुशासन, the two Vrttis on it and the Brhannyasa, he has given an appendix viz the Lingnusasana. The Grammar of Hemacandra, in short, introduced a new system of grammar different from, yet similar to, that of Panini, which by his followers was made completely similar to the Paniniya system by writing works similar to the Siddhantakaumudi, the Dhatuvrtti, the Manorama and the Paribhasendusekhara. हेमहंसगणि a grammarian belonging to the school of Hemacandra, who lived in the fifteenth century and wrote a work on Paribhasas named न्यायसंग्रह, on which he himself wrote a commentary called न्यायार्थमञ्जूषा and another one called by the name न्यास.
Ayurvedic Medical
Dictionary
     Dr. Potturu with thanks
     
     Purchase Kindle edition

āptopadeśa

authoritative statement.

gṛdhrasi

sciatica disease; lumbago; group of symptoms including pain that is caused by general compression or irritation of one of five spinal nerve roots that give rise to sciatic nerve, or by compression or irritation of the left or right or both sciatic nerves radiating into lower limbs.

kopana

irritating, aggravating factor.

sarpa

snake, serpent. sarpakāya serpitine body; a person with serpent traits like irritability, laborious, cowardly, angry, double-dealing and hasty in eating and sexual intercourse.

śāstra

heritage, knowledge, science.

     Wordnet Search "rita" has 189 results.
     

rita

śiṣṭa, bhadra, madra, ācāravat, vinīta, sabhya, śiṣṭācārasevin, agrāmya, āryavṛtta, suvṛtta, yaśasya, sabheya, anīca, arhat, ādṛtya, ārya, āryamiśra, āryaka, ārṣeya, uḍḍāmara, kulya, guru, mānya, sat, sajjana, sādhu, sujana, praśrayin, praśrita, sudakṣiṇa   

yaḥ sādhuvyavahāraṃ karoti।

rāmaḥ śiṣṭaḥ puruṣaḥ asti।

rita

asahāya, niḥsahāya, anupakṛta, nirāśrita, nirāśraya, anāśrita, āśrayahīna, apāśraya, anātha, niravalaṃba, avalaṃbahīna, anavasthita   

yasya āśrayaḥ nāsti।

surendra mahodayaḥ asahāyānāṃ sahāyaṃ karoti।

rita

anuvādita-kṛtiḥ, bhāṣāntarita-kṛtiḥ   

yasya anuvādaḥ kṛtaḥ।

eṣā rāṣṭrapatiḥ mahodayasya āṅglapustakasya anuvādita-kṛtiḥ asti।

rita

anuvādita, bhāṣāntarita   

yasya anuvādaḥ kṛtaḥ।

eṣā mahāśvetādevyāḥ anuvāditā kṛtiḥ asti।

rita

aparādhaḥ, pāpam, doṣaḥ, pātakam, duṣkṛtam, duṣkarma, pāpakarma, kalmaṣam, kaluṣam, duritam, duriṣṭham, enaḥ, āgaḥ, agham, anyāyaḥ, mantuḥ, kalkaḥ   

tat kāryaṃ yad dharmaśāstraviruddham asti tathā ca yasya ācaraṇād saḥ vyaktiḥ daṇḍam arhati।

kāryālaye gṛhe vā bāla-śramikasya niyuktiḥ mahān aparādhaḥ asti।

rita

pāpam, paṅkam, pāpmā, kilviṣam, kalmaṣam, kaluṣam, vṛjinam, enaḥ, agham, ahaḥ, duritam, duṣkṛtam, pātakam, tūstam, kaṇvam, śalyam, pāpakam, adharmam, durvinītatā, avinayaḥ, kunītiḥ, kucaritam, duśceṣṭitam, kuceṣṭitam, durvṛttiḥ, kunītiḥ, kucaritam, kucaryā, vyabhicāraḥ, durācāraḥ   

tat karma yad dharmānusāri nāsti।

pāpāt rakṣa।

rita

citrita, varṇita, varṇagata, rañjita, citragata, citrārpita, ālithita, abhilikhita, ālekhyagata   

yasyopari citram ālekhitam asti।

dvāre citritaḥ paṭaḥ baddhaḥ।

rita

harit, haritaḥ, haritā, haritariṇi, haritam, haritavarṇaḥ, hariḥ, palāśaḥ, palāśī, palāśam, pālāśaḥ, pālāśī, pālāśam, śyāmaḥ, śyāmā, śyāmam, bharitaḥ, bharitā, bharitam, śyāmavarṇaḥ, śyāmavarṇā, śyāmavarṇam, tālakābhaḥ, tālakābhā, tālakābham   

varṇaviśeṣaḥ, śādvalavat varṇaḥ।

citrakāraḥ śukasya pakṣau haritena varṇena varṇayati।

rita

viparitagāmin, pratigāmin, vyatikrānta, viparitagatika, parāvṛtta, prātīpika, avanatiśīla, patanaśīla, patanonmukha, pātuka, patayiṣṇu, vinipātaśīla   

yaḥ avanatim uddiśya gacchati।

svasya kukarmabhireva saḥ viparitagāmī bhavati।

rita

vikīrṇa, prakīrṇa, ākīrṇaḥ, avakīrṇaḥ, kīrṇaḥ, vikṣipta, vyasta, suvyasta, udasta, prasāritaḥ, vidhūtaḥ, asaṃhata   

itastataḥ kṣiptaḥ।

khagāḥ bhūmyām vikīrṇān annakaṇān avacinvanti।

rita

supta, śayita, nidrāṇa, nidrita, nidrāmagna, nidrāgata, svapnila, suptastha, avasupta, suptavigraha   

yaḥ nidrāti।

kumbhakarṇaḥ ṣaṇmāsaṃ yāvat suptaḥ bhavati sma।

rita

prayukta, prayojita, upayojita, vyavahṛta, vyavahārita, sevita, upasevita, bhukta, upabhukta, dhṛta, abhyasta   

yasya upayogaḥ kṛtaḥ।

miṣṭānnavikretā miṣṭānne prayuktānāṃ padārthānāṃ sūcim akarot।

rita

āśrita, saṃśrita, upāśrita, avalambin, avalambita, adhīna, abhyādhīna, āyatta, vaśa, tantra, nighna, sambaddha, nibaddha   

kasyacit ādhāreṇa āśrayeṇa vā tiṣṭhati।

parāvalambinaḥ kṣupāḥ anyasmin kṣupe āśritāḥ santi।

rita

harita, śādaharita, amlāna, śādvala   

haritavarṇīyavṛkṣakṣupādibhiḥ paripūrṇaḥ।

vardhatyāṃ janasaṅkhyāyāṃ haritānāṃ vṛkṣāṇāṃ saṅkhyā nyūnībhavati।

rita

nirāśrita, anāśrita, āśrayahīna, apāśraya, nirāśraya   

yaḥ āśrayarahitaḥ।

eṣā saṃsthā nirāśritān āśrayaṃ prayacchati।

rita

nirdhārita   

yasmin sambandhe anubandhaḥ niścitaḥ।

nirdhāritaṃ kāryaṃ satvaraṃ sampādanīyam।

rita

cālita, calita, cārita, sañacārita, sārita, pracalita, prerita, praṇodita, praṇunna, pracodita   

yaḥ cālyate।

adhunā asya cālitasya yantrasya rodhanam āvaśyakam।

rita

pratigāmin, viparitagāmin, vyatikrānta, viparitagatika   

yaḥ viparītaṃ gacchati।

pratigāminaḥ puruṣaḥ vikāsam avarundhati।

rita

cintita, sucintita, sañcintita, saṃcintita, parāmṛṣṭa, samīkṣita, ālocita, nirupita, vicārita, sunirupita, pratīkṣita, nirīkṣita, vigaṇita, mata, smṛta   

yasya samīkṣā kṛtā vartate।

ayaṃ viṣayaḥ asmābhiḥ cintitaḥ asti atra punarvicārasya āvaśyakatā nāsti।

rita

starita   

yasmin starāḥ santi।

eṣaḥ staritaḥ parvataḥ।

rita

uṣita, paryuṣita, rātryantarita   

pūrvasmin dine pakvam annam।

uṣitam annam śarīrāya apāyakārakam asti।

rita

aniyata, aniścita, anirṇīta, anirdhārita, anirdiṣṭa, avyavasthita, alakṣita, alakṣaṇaँ, aparimita, vaikalpika, sandigdha, avivakṣita   

yad nirdhāritam nāsti।

avakāśāt sarvāṇi yānāni anirdhārite samaye gacchanti।

rita

haritavanam   

tad vanaṃ yad varṣaṃ yāvad haritam asti।

vayaṃ haritavanāt agre gacchāmaḥ।

rita

uttuṅga, ucca, prāṃśu, udagra, ucchrita, tuṅga   

yaḥ ūrdhvadiśi vardhitaḥ।

evaresṭa nāma himālayasya uttuṅgaḥ śikharaḥ।

rita

oṣadhiḥ, oṣadhī, śākaḥ, tṛṇam, haritakam, arbhaḥ, kandaḥ   

kṣupaviśeṣaḥ daṇḍahīnaḥ kṣupaḥ।

kustumbarādayāḥ śākāḥ।

rita

tṛṇam, arjunam, triṇam, khaṭam, kheṭṭam, haritam, tāṇḍavam   

yad gavādibhiḥ bhakṣyate।

gauḥ tṛṇaṃ khādati।

rita

vyavahāraḥ, vṛttiḥ, vṛttam, ācāraḥ, rītiḥ, caritram, caritam, ācaraṇam, gatiḥ, ceṣṭitam, sthitiḥ   

samāje anyaiḥ saha kṛtam ācaraṇam।

tasya vyavahāraḥ samyak nāsti।

rita

śīghram, tvarayā, tvaritam, drutam, vegena, vegataḥ, javena, tūrṇam, āśu, satvaram, satvaritam, añjasā, kṣipram, jhaṭiti, drāk, ajiram, añjas, abhitaḥ, caturam, capalam, am, kṣepṇā, kṣepīyaḥ, dravat   

tīvragatyā saha yathā syāt tathā।

śīghram etat kāryaṃ sampannatāṃ nayatu।

rita

śivaḥ, śambhuḥ, īśaḥ, paśupatiḥ, pinākapāṇiḥ, śūlī, maheśvaraḥ, īśvaraḥ, sarvaḥ, īśānaḥ, śaṅkaraḥ, candraśekharaḥ, phaṇadharadharaḥ, kailāsaniketanaḥ, himādritanayāpatiḥ, bhūteśaḥ, khaṇḍaparaśuḥ, girīśaḥ, giriśaḥ, mṛḍaḥ, mṛtyañjayaḥ, kṛttivāsāḥ, pinākī, prathamādhipaḥ, ugraḥ, kapardī, śrīkaṇṭhaḥ, śitikaṇṭhaḥ, kapālabhṛt, vāmadevaḥ, mahādevaḥ, virūpākṣaḥ, trilocanaḥ, kṛśānuretāḥ, sarvajñaḥ, dhūrjaṭiḥ, nīlalohitaḥ, haraḥ, smaraharaḥ, bhargaḥ, tryambakaḥ, tripurāntakaḥ, gaṅgādharaḥ, andhakaripuḥ, kratudhvaṃsī, vṛṣadhvajaḥ, vyomakeśaḥ, bhavaḥ, bhaumaḥ, sthāṇuḥ, rudraḥ, umāpatiḥ, vṛṣaparvā, rerihāṇaḥ, bhagālī, pāśucandanaḥ, digambaraḥ, aṭṭahāsaḥ, kālañjaraḥ, purahiṭ, vṛṣākapiḥ, mahākālaḥ, varākaḥ, nandivardhanaḥ, hīraḥ, vīraḥ, kharuḥ, bhūriḥ, kaṭaprūḥ, bhairavaḥ, dhruvaḥ, śivipiṣṭaḥ, guḍākeśaḥ, devadevaḥ, mahānaṭaḥ, tīvraḥ, khaṇḍaparśuḥ, pañcānanaḥ, kaṇṭhekālaḥ, bharuḥ, bhīruḥ, bhīṣaṇaḥ, kaṅkālamālī, jaṭādharaḥ, vyomadevaḥ, siddhadevaḥ, dharaṇīśvaraḥ, viśveśaḥ, jayantaḥ, hararūpaḥ, sandhyānāṭī, suprasādaḥ, candrāpīḍaḥ, śūladharaḥ, vṛṣāṅgaḥ, vṛṣabhadhvajaḥ, bhūtanāthaḥ, śipiviṣṭaḥ, vareśvaraḥ, viśveśvaraḥ, viśvanāthaḥ, kāśīnāthaḥ, kuleśvaraḥ, asthimālī, viśālākṣaḥ, hiṇḍī, priyatamaḥ, viṣamākṣaḥ, bhadraḥ, ūrddharetā, yamāntakaḥ, nandīśvaraḥ, aṣṭamūrtiḥ, arghīśaḥ, khecaraḥ, bhṛṅgīśaḥ, ardhanārīśaḥ, rasanāyakaḥ, uḥ, hariḥ, abhīruḥ, amṛtaḥ, aśaniḥ, ānandabhairavaḥ, kaliḥ, pṛṣadaśvaḥ, kālaḥ, kālañjaraḥ, kuśalaḥ, kolaḥ, kauśikaḥ, kṣāntaḥ, gaṇeśaḥ, gopālaḥ, ghoṣaḥ, caṇḍaḥ, jagadīśaḥ, jaṭādharaḥ, jaṭilaḥ, jayantaḥ, raktaḥ, vāraḥ, vilohitaḥ, sudarśanaḥ, vṛṣāṇakaḥ, śarvaḥ, satīrthaḥ, subrahmaṇyaḥ   

devatāviśeṣaḥ- hindūdharmānusāraṃ sṛṣṭeḥ vināśikā devatā।

śivasya arcanā liṅgarūpeṇa pracalitā asti।

rita

nirdhārita-samayaḥ, nirdhārita-kālaḥ   

ekasmāt niścitasamayāt ārabhya anyaṃ niścitasamayaṃ yāvat kālaḥ।

asya kāryasya nirdhāritasamayaṃ vardhituṃ na śakyate।

rita

channa, chādita, āchanna, ācchādita, pracchanna, pracchādita, paricchanna, samavachanna, samācchanna, āvṛta, prāvṛta, saṃvṛta, vṛta, pihita, avatata, ācita, nicita, āstīrṇa, āstṛta, guṇṭhita, ūrṇuta, saṃvīta, veṣṭita, pinaddha, rūṣita, apavārita   

kṛtācchādanam।

bālakaḥ meghaiḥ ācchāditam ākāśaṃ paśyati।

rita

pārvatī, ambā, umā, girijā, gaurī, bhagavatī, bhavānī, maṅgalā, mahāgaurī, mahādevī, rudrāṇī, śivā, śailajā, himālayajā, ambikā, acalakanyā, acalajā, śailasutā, himajā, śaileyī, aparṇā, śailakumārī, śailakanyā, jagadjananī, tribhuvanasundarī, sunandā, bhavabhāminī, bhavavāmā, jagadīśvarī, bhavyā, pañcamukhī, parvatajā, vṛṣākapāyī, śambhukāntā, nandā, jayā, nandinī, śaṅkarā, śatākṣī, nityā, mṛḍa़ाnī, hemasutā, adritanayā, haimavatī, āryā, ilā, vāruṇī   

śivasya patnī।

pārvatī gaṇeśasya mātā asti।

rita

pariprath, avatan, abhitan, paritan, viyam, samprasār, abhiprasār, drāgh, pādaya, hastaya, vyākṣip   

hastau pādau ca prasārya kiñcit śayanasadṛśāvasthāyām āsanātmakaḥ vyāpāraḥ।

āpaṇāt āgatena tena sukhāsane svaśarīraṃ paryaprathata।

rita

agrepreṣita, agrapreṣita, agreṣita, agresārita   

kasyāpi nivedanam agrime kāryārthe ucite ājñārthe vā uccādhikāriṇaḥ samīpe preṣitam।

prāntādhikārī agrepreṣitaṃ patraṃ śvaḥ cintayiṣyati।

rita

niṣedhaḥ, pratiṣedhaḥ, vāraṇaḥ, prativāritama, sedhaḥ, aparodhaḥ, upālambhaḥ   

kimapi kāryaṃ kṛtiḥ vā niṣidhyate।

nyāyālayasya ādeśaḥ yat sārvajanikasthalādiṣu dhūmrapānārthe niṣedhaḥ kṛtaṃ vartate।

rita

nirdhārita, niścita, vihita, niyata, avadhārita   

yad vidhīyate।

ahaṃ nirdhāritaṃ sthānam āgamiṣyāmi।

rita

jāgṛta, anidrita, asupta   

yaḥ jāgarti athavā jāgaritaḥ।

sīmāyāṃ sainikāḥ ahorātraṃ jāgṛtāḥ eva santi।

rita

pāpam, kalmaṣam, kilviṣam, pātakam, pāpmā, agham, duritam, enas, kaluṣam, abhadram, aśubham, vṛjanam, vṛjinam, doṣaḥ, aparādhaḥ, duṣkṛtam, kalkam, aṃhas, aṃghas, mantuḥ, kulmalam, kalaṅkaḥ, pratyavāyaḥ, kiṇvam, amīvam, paṅkam, jaṅgapūgam   

tat karma yad asmin loke anuttamaḥ tathā ca paraloke aniṣṭaṃ phalaṃ janayati।

kabīrasya mate asatyavadanaṃ pāpam asti।

rita

pravṛttiḥ, caritam, caryā, anuśīlanam, ācāraḥ, vyavahāraḥ, svabhāvaḥ, prakṛttiḥ, śīlaḥ, svarūpam, nisargaḥ   

saṃtatābhyāsād janitam ācaraṇam।

prātarutthānaṃ tasya pravṛttiḥ।

rita

viśuddha, amiśrita   

yaḥ miśritaḥ nāsti।

suvarṇaḥ ekaḥ amiśritaḥ dhātuḥ asti।

rita

miśrita, saṃmiśrita   

parasparaṃ saṃśliṣṭāni।

pīttalam iti ekaḥ miśritaḥ dhātuḥ asti।

rita

rita   

yad pāraṃ jātam।

lokasabhāyām acirāt pāritaḥ vidheyakaṃ prayuktaṃ bhavet।

rita

aṅkurita   

yasmāt aṅkuraḥ bahiḥ āgataḥ।

saḥ prātaḥ aṅkuritān caṇakān atti।

rita

dik, āśā, harit, nideśinī, diśā, kakubhaḥ, haritaḥ, gauḥ   

kṣitijasya kalpiteṣu caturṣu vibhāgeṣu ekaḥ।

mama gṛham uttarasyāṃ diśi vartate।

rita

āśrita, anujīvin, parāvalambin   

yaḥ anyasya āśrayaṃ karoti।

āśritasya jīvanaṃ māstu।

rita

rakṣita, saṃrakṣita, avatārita, saṃvṛta   

yasya rakṣaṇaṃ kṛtam।

senayā rāṣṭrasya sīmā rakṣitā asti।

rita

śivā, haritakī, abhayā, avyathā, pathyā, vayaḥsthā, pūtanā, amṛtā, haimavatī, cetakī, śreyasī, sudhā, kāyasthā, kanyā, rasāyanaphalā, vijayā, jayā, cetanakī, rohiṇī, prapathyā, jīvapriyā, jīvanikā, bhiṣgavarā, bhiṣakpriyā, jīvanti, prāṇadā, jīvyā, devī, divyā   

haritakīvṛkṣasya phalaṃ yad haritapītavarṇīyam asti।

śuṣkakāse śivā atīva upayuktā asti।

rita

duścaritra, anācārin, apacārin, bhraṣṭa, duścarita, durācārin   

caritrahīnaḥ।

duścaritrāḥ janāḥ samājasya kṛte abhiśāpaḥ।

rita

kārayānam, svayaṃpreritarathaḥ   

catuścakrikāyuktaṃ laghuyānam।

pradhānamantrī kārayānena kṣetrasya abhyāgamaṃ karoti।

rita

parivartita, anyathākṛta, anyathābhūta, ūḍha, ūhita, vikapita, vikārita, vipariṇata, vyasta   

yasmin parivartanaṃ jātam।

santasamāgamena tasya hṛdayaṃ parivartitaṃ jātam।

rita

paritakaḥ, śākaprabhedaḥ, śigruḥ, kembukapuṣpam, gojihvā   

ekaṃ bṛhatpuṣpaṃ yad śākarūpeṇa khādyate।

mātā paritakasya śākaṃ pacati।

rita

paritakaḥ, śākaprabhedaḥ, śigruḥ, kembukapuṣpaḥ   

vanaspativiśeṣaḥ yasya bṛhatpuṣpaṃ śākarūpeṇa khādyate।

saḥ paritakaḥ ropayati।

rita

vismita, paramavismita, vismayin, kṛtavismaya, camatkārita, sādbhuta, hṛṣita, hṛṣṭa   

yaḥ vismayānvitaḥ।

tasya kāryaṃ dṛṣṭvā sarve vismitāḥ।

rita

vṛttiḥ, vṛttam, ācāraḥ, rītiḥ, vyavahāraḥ, caritram, caritam, ācaraṇam, gatiḥ, ceṣṭitam, sthitiḥ   

jīvane vartanasya rītiḥ।

sādhoḥ ācārāt saḥ samāje pratiṣṭhām alabhata।

rita

sarandhra, chidrita, sachidra   

yasyāṃ chidrāṇi randhrāṇi vā santi।

spañja iti ekaḥ sarandhraḥ jīvaḥ।

rita

adhaḥcaraḥ, apahārakaḥ, apahārikā, apahārakam, avahāraḥ, avāvan, avāvarī, ākhanikaḥ, ākhuḥ, āmoṣī, āmoṣi, kapāṭaghnaḥ, kapāṭaghnā, kapāṭaghnam, kambū, kalamaḥ, kavāṭaghnaḥ, kumbhīrakaḥ, kusumālaḥ, kharparaḥ, coraḥ, cauraḥ, corī, corakaḥ, caurī, caurikā, taḥ, takvān, taskaraḥ, tāyu, tṛpuḥ, dasmaḥ, dasmā, dasraḥ, drāvakaḥ, dhanaharaḥ, dhanahṛt, dhanahṛd, naktacāriḥ, naktacārī, nāgarakaḥ, parāskandī, parāskandi, parimoṣī, parimoṣiḥ, paṭaccaraḥ, pāṭṭacaraḥ, puraṃdaraḥ, pracuraḥ., pracurapuruṣaḥ, pratirodhakaḥ, pratirodhī, bandīkāraḥ, malimluḥ, malimluc, mallīkara, mācalaḥ, mīḍhuṣtamaḥ, mumuṣiṣuḥ, muṣkaḥ, mūṣakaḥ, moṣaḥ, moṣakaḥ, moṣṭā, rajanīcaraḥ, rātricaraḥ, rātryāṭaḥ, rikvān, ritakvān, ribhvān, rihāyaḥ, rerihāṇaḥ, laṭaḥ, luṇṭākaḥ, vaṭaraḥ, vanarguḥ, viloḍakaḥ, viloptā, stenaḥ, stainyaḥ, stāyuḥ, steyakṛt, steyakṛd, steyī, staunaḥ, styenaḥ, styainaḥ, srotasyaḥ, harikaḥ, hartā, hārakaḥ, hārītaḥ   

adatsya paradhanasya apahārakaḥ।

rakṣakaḥ corān daṇḍayati।

rita

viṭapāntaritas sthā, viṭapāntarito bhū, nilī   

adarśanasya icchayā viṭapāntaritaḥ vā anyatra gūḍham avasthānānukūlaḥ vyāpāraḥ।

siṃhaḥ viṭapāntaritaḥ tiṣṭhati।

rita

jihma, vakra, tiryañc, añcita, arāla, ānata, ābhogin, kuñcita, kuṭila, kuṭilaka, kubja, krukta, kṣveḍa, pratikuñcita, bandhura, bandhurita, manthara, vaṅkya, vijihma, vellita   

asaralaḥ vakratāpūrṇaḥ ca।

mandiraṃ prati gamyamānā paddhatiḥ jihmā asti।

rita

tapta, ātapta, uttāpita, pratapta, paritapta   

yad tāpitam।

taptena pātrena hastaḥ ajalat।

rita

ūrmiḥ, vīciḥ, ūrmikā, kallolaḥ, ghṛṇiḥ, jalakaraṅkaḥ, jalataraṅgaḥ, taraṅgakaḥ, taralaḥ, argalā, arṇaḥ, arṇam, utkalikā, hillolaḥ, vibhaṅgaḥ, vāritaraṅgaḥ, laharī, valī, bhaṅgī, bhaṅgiḥ   

nadī-samudrādiṣu jalāśayeṣu viśiṣṭāntareṇa ut ca ava ca tvaṅgamānā jalarāśiḥ yā agre gamyamānā dṛśyate।

samudrasya ūrmayaḥ parvatam abhitāḍya vyāghūrṇanti।

rita

haritam   

saḥ kṣupaḥ yasya parṇāni sāgarūpeṇa khādyante।

āpaṇake naikāni haritāni santi।

rita

tvarā, rabhasaḥ, tvariḥ, tvaritam, tvaraṇaḥ, tvaraṇam, tvaraṇā, īṣaṇā, ārambhaḥ, āvegaḥ, upatāpaḥ, parīpsā, prajavaḥ, tūrṇiḥ, saṃvegaḥ   

kārye atiśayitaḥ vegaḥ yaḥ anucitaṃ manyate।

tvarā kāryaghātinī asti।

rita

niyantrita, pratibaddha   

yasyopari niyantraṇam asti।

śāsanena niyantritā saṃsthā prasuptā।

rita

niravarodha, avipakṣa, asaṃyatta, niṣpratibandha, anivārita, anuddhata   

virodhena vinā।

etad kāryaṃ niravarodhaṃ saṃpadyate।

rita

suniścita, sunirdhārita   

yaḥ samyaktayā nirdhāritaḥ asti।

mama dillīnagare prayāṇaṃ suniścitam asti।

rita

saccarita, suśīla, sadācārin, nyāyācāra, dhārmika, śuci, dakṣiṇa, sāttvika, śuddhātmā   

śobhanaśīlaviśiṣṭaḥ।

saccaritāḥ vyaktayaḥ samājasya netāraḥ।

rita

pīta, piṅga, piṅgala, piṅgalaka, hari, harit, harita, kādrava, pāṇḍu   

haridrāyāḥ varṇaḥ iva varṇaḥ yasya।

tasya vastraṃ pītam āsīt।

rita

rūpāntarita   

ekasmāt rūpād anyasmin rūpe parivartitaḥ।

eṣaḥ ekaḥ rūpāntaritaḥ lekhaḥ asti।

rita

bhaktaḥ, upāsakaḥ, pūjakaḥ, āśrita   

yaḥ īśvaraṃ bhajate।

saḥ hanumataḥ bhaktaḥ asti।

rita

cihnita, citrita, lakṣita   

yasmin cihnam asti।

eṣā mudrā gāndhīmahodayasya citreṇa cihnitā asti।

rita

mudritam   

yasya mudraṇaṃ jātam।

etad pustakaṃ śāsanasya mudrālaye mudritam asti।

rita

varṇita, nirūpita, citrita   

yad varṇyate।

rāmāyaṇe bhagavataḥ rāmasya caritraṃ viśeṣatvena varṇitam asti।

rita

visphārita   

yena svasya akṣiṇī apāvṛte।

arbhakaḥ mātaraṃ visphāritābhyāṃ netrābhyāṃ paśyati।/ sa naṣṭamāyo'tibalaḥ krodhavisphāritekṣaṇaḥ। kāmamūrtidharaḥ krūraḥ kālakalpo vyadṛśyata।(ki. 14.30)

rita

abhimantrita   

mantreṇa saṃskṛtam।

purohitena jalpakaṃ puruṣam abhimantritaṃ jalaṃ pāyitam।

rita

nimantrita   

yasmai nimantraṇaṃ dattam।

svasuḥ vivāhe nimantritānāṃ sahakāriṇāṃ bhrātā abhivādanam akarot।

rita

adhikāritantram   

śāsanasya sā rītiḥ yasyāṃ rājyasya adhikārapadasthāḥ karmakarāḥ uttaradāyinaḥ santi।

adhikāritantram samājasya unnatyām avarodhaḥ asti।

rita

prerita, utprerita   

yena anyasmāt preraṇā prāptā।

guruṇā paṭhanārthe preritaḥ rāmaḥ sarvam adhītavān।

rita

vidīrṇa, avadārita, vidārita, avadīrṇa   

yaḥ jīrṇaḥ।

dāridryāt rītā vidīrṇāni vastrāṇi dhārayati।

rita

cikitsā, upacāryā, upacaritavyā, upakramaḥ   

cikitsakasya kāryam udyogaḥ vā।

saḥ cikitsāṃ kṛtvā svakuṭumbasya pālanaṃ karoti।

rita

mukharita, mukhara   

śabdaiḥ dhvaninā vā yuktaḥ।

bālakānām āgamanena gṛhaṃ mukharitaṃ jātam।

rita

caritam   

kasyacit manuṣyasya smaraṇīyānāṃ ghaṭanānām nirdeśaḥ।

mahādevīvarmāmahodayayā svasya carite naikānāṃ ghaṭanānām nirdeśaḥ kṛtaḥ।

rita

haritatvam, haritvam, hārityam, śādvalatā, palāśatā, pālāśatā   

haritānāṃ vṛkṣāṇāṃ vistāraḥ।

varṣā-ṛtau haritatvaṃ vardhate।

rita

haritakrāntiḥ   

sā sthitiḥ yadā deśe sasyānām utpannam adhikaṃ jātam।

haritakrānteḥ kāraṇāt eva idānīṃtane kāle deśe paryāptam annaṃ vartate।

rita

arājapatrita   

yaḥ śāsanasya rājapatre ghoṣitaḥ nāsti।

tasya pitā ekasmin vittakośe arājapatritaḥ adhikārī asti।

rita

nibhṛtam, apavāritam, upāṃśu, gūḍham, gūḍhatayā, gūḍhe, guhyam, guptam, parokṣam, sagūḍham, rahasyam, channam, sanutar, channe, tiraścathā, nigūḍham, niṇik, niṇyam   

anyaiḥ mā vijñāyi iti rītyā।

śyāmaḥ nibhṛtam āgatya mama pṛṣṭhataḥ asthāt।

rita

abhihitam, kathitam, uktam, bhaṇitam, bhāṣitam, uditam, jalpitam, ākhyātam, lapitam, gaditam, nigaditam, īritam, udīritam, bhaṇitam, laḍitam, rapitam, raṭhitam, bhaṭitam, raṭitam, vyāhṛtam   

yad prāg eva uktam।

yad vibhāgapramukhena abhihitaṃ tad eva karaṇīyam।

rita

pratisthānam, sthāne sthāne, abhitaḥ, paritaḥ, sarvatra, sarvataḥ, mārgavartmasu, viṣvañc   

pratyekasmin sthāne।

rakṣārthaṃ sainikāḥ pratisthānaṃ tiṣṭhanti।

rita

suvimarśita, suvicārita, avagāhita   

yasya yogyatāyogyatayoḥ samyak vicāraḥ kṛtaḥ।

etat prakaraṇaṃ suvimarśitam asti।

rita

āpūrita   

yad āmukhaṃ pūrṇam।

taḍāgaḥ jalena āpūritaḥ asti।

rita

du, śuc, khid, pīḍaya, bādh, kliś, vyathaya, upatap, saṃtap, santap, paritap, āyas, udvij, duḥkhaya   

duḥkhānubhūtyanukūlaḥ vyāpāraḥ।

mṛtaḥ puruṣaḥ kadāpi na pratyāgacchati bhavān mā dauṣīḥ।

rita

durhaṇā, dauritam   

kenacit dattā pīḍā।

mohanena sohanasya āpaṇakaṃ prajvālya tam ārthikī durhaṇā pradattā।

rita

vilāyita, vilīna, līna, pralīna, miśrita   

ekībhūtaḥ padārthaḥ।

pānīye śarkarā vilāyitā asti।

rita

vilīna, antarita, kīrṇa, antargata, upagupta, aprakāśa, gupta, vṛta, nigūḍha, catta, apīcya, antarlīna, guhya, upacchanna   

yaḥ adṛśyaḥ asti।

vaijñānikāḥ jale vilīnaṃ tatvaṃ pariśodhayanti।

rita

aniyantrita   

yaḥ niyantritaḥ nāsti।

pragrahāt niṣkrāntaḥ aśvaḥ aniyantritaḥ abhavat।

rita

harita, pītanīla   

yaḥ śādvalavarṇīyaḥ asti।

yadā surak